APPENDIX A
DESIGN DRAWINGS
NIB 24-044CA
MS4442 IP230033
DocuSign Envelope ID: E10BE825-DACD-4A01-8297-8B80855AD426 12/28/2023 12/28/2023
MS4442 IP230033
MS4442 IP230033
10 11 12 13 14
15 16
17 18
19 20
21 MS4442 IP230033
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
MS4442 IP230033
32 33 34
35 36
37 38
39 40
41 42
43 MS4442 IP230033
43 44
45 APPENDIX B
CITY STANDARDS
NIB 24-044CA
DocuSign Envelope ID: B393A061-CEB1-486C-8E0D-CC3A332C7B8B 1/7/2019
1/7/2019
DocuSign Envelope ID: B393A061-CEB1-486C-8E0D-CC3A332C7B8B 1/7/20191/7/2019
DocuSign Envelope ID: B393A061-CEB1-486C-8E0D-CC3A332C7B8B 1/7/2019
1/7/2019
DocuSign Envelope ID: B393A061-CEB1-486C-8E0D-CC3A332C7B8B 1/7/2019
1/7/2019
DocuSign Envelope ID: C86A7D84-940D-4AF7-A0A4-CDED2804EA8D DocuSign Envelope ID: C86A7D84-940D-4AF7-A0A4-CDED2804EA8D DocuSign Envelope ID: C86A7D84-940D-4AF7-A0A4-CDED2804EA8D DocuSign Envelope ID: 2E3027A2-9B14-4D2F-B72D-33C06AF8D6A9 5/31/2018
5/31/2018
DocuSign Envelope ID: B393A061-CEB1-486C-8E0D-CC3A332C7B8B 1/7/2019
1/7/2019
APPENDIX C
AS-BUILT DRAWINGS
NIB 24-044CA
APPENDIX D
PROJECT SIGN
NIB 24-044CA
CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 06-21)
Kenny Nguyen
G
CONSTRUCTION OF
LIBERTY AVENUE WATERLINE REPLACEMENT PROJECT
PROJECT NO. 2023-05
SECTION G – GENERAL PROVISIONS
The Work hereunder shall be done in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 2021 Edition (Greenbook) hereinafter referred to as “Standard Specifications”, these General Provisions and the Specifications and Drawings identified in the Contract Documents. The Standard Specifications are referred to and by this reference made a part hereof as though set forth at length. In the case of conflict between the Standard Specifications and these General Provisions, these General Provisions shall take precedence over, and shall be used in lieu of, such conflicting provisions. These General Provisions have been arranged into a format that parallels the Greenbook. In the event a subsection heading contained in the Standard Specifications is not referenced in these General Provisions that subsection shall read exactly as stated in the Standard Specifications. These General Provisions shall hereinafter be referred to as Specifications.
Bidders with pre-bid inquiries regarding the Work covered in this Section should be directed to Purchasing at (951) 279-3620
Prepared By:
Victor Elia_________________
11-2-23___________________
Date
Reviewed:
________________________
___________________
Date
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 11/27/2023
CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 06-21)
SECTION G – GENERAL PROVISIONS
Table of Contents
PART 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS............................................................................ G-1 SECTION 1 – GENERAL............................................................................................ G-1 1-1 GENERAL. ............................................................................................................G-1 1-1.1 Intent .....................................................................................................................G-1 1-2 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. .................................................................................G-1 1-3.2 Common Usage.....................................................................................................G-3 1-3.3 Institutions. ............................................................................................................G-3 1-7.3 Integration. ............................................................................................................G-4 1-7.4 Change in Name and Nature of Contractor’s Legal Entity......................................G-4 1-7.5 Prohibited Interests................................................................................................G-4 1-7.6 Ownership of Drawing. ..........................................................................................G-4 1-7.7 Notice of Taxable Possessory Interest...................................................................G-4 SECTION 2 – SCOPE OF THE WORK ...................................................................... G-4 2-1 WORK TO BE DONE. ...........................................................................................G-4 2-2 PERMITS. .............................................................................................................G-5 2-3 RIGHT-OF-WAY....................................................................................................G-5 2-4 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK........................................................G-6 2-5 THE CONTRACTOR’S EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES........................................G-6 2-5.1 General..................................................................................................................G-6 2-5.4 Haul Routes...........................................................................................................G-6 2-6 CHANGES REQUESTED BY THE CONTRACTOR ..............................................G-6 2-7 CHANGES INITIATED BY THE AGENCY. ............................................................G-6 2-7.1 General..................................................................................................................G-6 2-11 SITE EXAMINATION. ............................................................................................G-7 2-12 FLOW AND ACCEPTANCE OF WATER...............................................................G-7 2-13 NOTICE OF THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS. ...................................................................G-7 2-14 SEPARATE CONTRACTS. ...................................................................................G-7 SECTION 3 – CONTROL OF THE WORK ................................................................. G-7 3-1 ASSIGNMENT.......................................................................................................G-7 3-3 SUBCONTRACTORS............................................................................................G-8 3-4 AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD AND THE ENGINEER. .........................................G-8 3-5 INSPECTION.........................................................................................................G-8 3-6 THE CONTRACTOR’S REPRESENTATIVE. ........................................................G-8 3-7 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS...................................................................................G-9 3-7.1 General..................................................................................................................G-9 3-7.2 Precedence of Contract Documents. .....................................................................G-9 3-8 SUBMITTALS......................................................................................................G-10 3-8.1 General................................................................................................................G-10 3-8.3 Shop Drawings. ...................................................................................................G-11 3-8.4 Supporting Information. .......................................................................................G-12 3-8.7 “Record Drawing” (As Builts). ..............................................................................G-12 3-10 SURVEYING .......................................................................................................G-12 DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 06-21)
3-10.1 General................................................................................................................G-12 3-10.1.1 Payment. .............................................................................................................G-13 3-10.2 Line and Grade....................................................................................................G-13 3-12 WORK SITE MAINTENANCE..............................................................................G-13 3-12.1 General................................................................................................................G-13 3-12.4 Storage of Equipment and Materials....................................................................G-14 3-12.4.2 Storage in Public Streets.......................................................................................G-14 3-12.4.3 Storage on Private Property.................................................................................G-14 3-12.6 Water Pollution Control........................................................................................G-15 3-12.6.2 Best Management Practices (BMPs). ..................................................................G-15 3-12.6.3 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)................................................G-20 3-12.6.5 Payment. .............................................................................................................G-20 3-13 COMPLETION, ACCEPTANCE, AND WARRANTY. ...........................................G-20 3-13.2 Acceptance..........................................................................................................G-20 3-13.3 Warranty..............................................................................................................G-20 SECTION 4 – CONTROL OF MATERIALS.............................................................. G-21 4-1 GENERAL. ..........................................................................................................G-21 4-2 PROTECTION. ....................................................................................................G-21 4-4 TESTING.............................................................................................................G-22 4-4.1 Defective Materials. .............................................................................................G-22 4-6 TRADE NAMES...................................................................................................G-22 SECTION 5 – LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES............................... G-23 5-3 LABOR ................................................................................................................G-23 5-3.1 General................................................................................................................G-23 5-3.2 Prevailing Wages.................................................................................................G-24 5-3.2.1 Apprentices..........................................................................................................G-24 5-3.3 Payroll Records. ..................................................................................................G-25 5-4 INSURANCE. ......................................................................................................G-25 5-4.1 General................................................................................................................G-25 5-4.2 Minimum Required Insurance. .............................................................................G-25 5-4.2.2 Minimum Insurance – Limits. Insurance coverage shall be maintained with limits no less than: ...............................................................................................G-26 5-4.3 Optional Insurance – Specified in Special Provisions...........................................G-29 5-4.3.2 Contractors Pollution Liability Insurance. .............................................................G-29 5-6 PATENT FEES OR ROYALTIES. ........................................................................G-29 5-7 SAFETY. .............................................................................................................G-29 5-7.1 Work Site Safety..................................................................................................G-29 5-7.1.1 General................................................................................................................G-29 5-7.1.3 Employee Safety..................................................................................................G-30 5-7.2 Safety Orders. .....................................................................................................G-30 5-7.2.1 General................................................................................................................G-30 5-7.2.2 Shoring Plan........................................................................................................G-31 5-7.4 Hazardous Substances........................................................................................G-31 5-7.8 Steel Plate Covers...............................................................................................G-31 5-8 RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE. .....................................................................G-31 5-9 INDEMNIFICATION.............................................................................................G-32 5-10 POLICE DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS.........................................................G-32 DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 06-21)
5-11 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBERS. ...........................................................G-32 5-12 DOCUMENT RETENTION & EXAMINATION......................................................G-33 5-13 STATE LICENSE BOARD NOTICE.....................................................................G-33 SECTION 6 – PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK......................... G-33 6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK. ........G-33 6-1.1 Construction Schedule.........................................................................................G-33 6-1.2 Commencement of the Work. ..............................................................................G-35 6-3 TIME OF COMPLETION......................................................................................G-35 6-3.1 General................................................................................................................G-35 6-3.2 Contract Time Accounting....................................................................................G-35 6-3.3 Landscape Maintenance Period...........................................................................G-36 6-4 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME...............................................................G-36 6-4.2 Extensions of Time. .............................................................................................G-36 6-5 USE OF IMPROVEMENTS DURING CONSTRUCTION. ....................................G-36 6-5.1 Use of Improvements, Exceptions. ......................................................................G-36 6-6 SUSPENSION OF THE WORK. ..........................................................................G-37 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. ...................................................................................G-37 6-10 DISPUTES AND CLAIMS; PROCEDURE............................................................G-37 6-11 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS/TRENCHES.............................................................G-37 6-12 NOISE ORDINANCE. ..........................................................................................G-38 SECTION 7 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT .................................................... G-38 7-3 PAYMENT. ..........................................................................................................G-38 7-3.1 General................................................................................................................G-38 7-3.2 Partial and Final Payment....................................................................................G-38 7-3.4 Mobilization..........................................................................................................G-39 7-3.5 Contract Unit Prices.............................................................................................G-39 7-3.5.1 General................................................................................................................G-39 7-3.5.2 Increases of More Than 25 Percent.....................................................................G-39 7-3.5.3 Decreases of More Than 25 Percent. ..................................................................G-40 7-3.8 Eliminated Items. .................................................................................................G-40 7-4 PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK..........................................................................G-41 7-4.1 General................................................................................................................G-41 7-4.2.3 Tools and Equipment Rental................................................................................G-41 7-4.3 Markup. ...............................................................................................................G-41 7-4.3.1 Work by the Contractor........................................................................................G-41 7-4.3.2 Work by a Subcontractor. ....................................................................................G-41 7-6 PAYMENT OF WITHHELD FUNDS.....................................................................G-42 7-7 PAYMENTS WITHHELD AND BACKCHARGES.................................................G-42 7-8 RESOLUTION OF CONSTRUCTION CLAIMS....................................................G-43 7-8.1 Normal Resolution Process. ................................................................................G-43 7-8.2 PCC 9204 – Temporary Process (01-01-17 through 01-01-20)............................G-44 7-9 CONTRACT BID ITEMS......................................................................................G-45 PART 4 – EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS................................................................... G-46 SECTION 400 – PROTECTION AND RESTORATION ............................................ G-46 400-1 GENERAL. ..........................................................................................................G-46 400-2 PERMANENT SURVEY MARKERS. ...................................................................G-46 DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 06-21)
SECTION 402 – UTILITIES ...................................................................................... G-47 402-1 LOCATION. .........................................................................................................G-47 402-2 PROTECTION. ....................................................................................................G-47 402-6 COOPERATION. .................................................................................................G-48 DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-1
PART 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS.
SECTION 1 – GENERAL
1-1 GENERAL.
Add the following after the first paragraph:
Except as hereinafter provided, the latest edition of the City of Corona Standard Drawings and Specifications, the latest edition of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction stated on the cover page, and these General Provisions are adopted and called the City Specifications.
Add the following subsection:
1-1.1 Intent
It is the intent of these Specifications and any related Contract Documents that work performed under the Contract shall result in a complete operating system in satisfactory working condition with respect to the functional purpose of the installations. Any work shown on the Contract Documents including contract plans but not called for in the Specifications, or vice versa, is to be furnished or performed as if indicated in both. Should a conflict arise, these Specifications shall have precedence. All referenced specifications are part of the Contract Documents controlling the Work.
1-2 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS.
Add or modify the following:
AASHTO Designations - The latest revised Specifications of the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials.
Acceptance – Formal action of the City by the Public Works Director in determining that the Contractor’s Work has been completed in accordance with the Contract, filing a Notice of Completion with the County Recorder, which stipulates the date that the Work was completed, and notifying the Contractor in writing of the acceptability of the Work.
Agency
Add the following after the first sentence:
The City of Corona, a General Law city, organized and existing in the County of Riverside, State of California, sometimes referred to as the “City” in the Contract Documents.
Award of Contract – Date of – Date on which the Purchase Order has been issued after the Mayor or designee executes the Contract Documents and all conditions precedent to award have been satisfied.
ASTM Designations - The latest revised Specifications or tentative Specifications of the American Society for Testing and Materials.
Board
DELETE the definition in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
Where the word Board appears in the Standard Specifications, it shall mean the City Council of the City of Corona.
CA MUTCD – California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices.
City - is the City of Corona.
Council - City Council of the City of Corona.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-2
Contract
DELETE the definition in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
The written agreement (contract form) between the City and the Contractor for the complete and adequate completion of the work for the Project. The Contract consists of the Contract Documents. The documents comprising the Contract are complementary, and each obligation of the Contractor, Subcontractors and material or equipment suppliers in any one document shall be binding as if specified in all. The Contract is intended to include all items required for the proper execution and completion of the Work.
Contract Documents
Add the following after the last sentence:
In addition, all documents incorporated by reference into the Contract form.
Contracting Officer - Owner or duly authorized representative.
Contractor
Add the following after the last sentence:
As used in these Contract Documents, the term ‘Contractor’ shall mean the person or entity that has been awarded the Contract by the City of Corona.
Contract Price
DELETE the definition in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
The amount stated in the Contract form, including authorized adjustments pursuant to Change Orders, which is the total amount payable by the City to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract. It is also sometimes referred to as the ‘Total Bid Price’ in the Contract Documents.
Contractor’s Representative - Contractor’s executive representative who shall be present on the Work site at all times that any work is in progress and who shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Contractor for all purposes under the Contract. The Contractor shall designate such representative in writing to the City. The Contractor’s Representative shall be available to the City and its agents at all reasonable times.
Department - Where the word Department appears in the Standard Specifications, it shall mean the Public Works Department of the City of Corona.
Due Notice - A written notification in the form of a letter or email, given in due time, of a proposed action where such notification is required by the Contract to be given a specified interval of time (usually 48 hours) prior to the commencement of the contemplated action. Notification may be from the City to the Contractor or from the Contractor to the City.
Engineer
DELETE the definition in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
The City Engineer of the City of Corona, acting personally or through agents or assistants duly authorized by him or her.
ADD the following:
Inspector - The engineering or technical personnel authorized to act as agents for the Engineer in the supervision of work covered by these Specifications, limited to the particular duties entrusted to them.
Laboratory - Any laboratory of a public agency or a recognized commercial testing laboratory.
Liquidated Damages - The amount prescribed in the Contract form, pursuant to the authority of DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-3
Government Code Section 53069.85, to be paid to the City or to be deducted from any payments due, or to become due, the Contractor for each day’s delay in completing the whole or any specified portion of the Work beyond the time allowed in the Contract Documents.
Owner - The City of Corona.
Project – See Work.
Prompt - The briefest interval of time required for a considered reply, including time required for approval by a governing body.
Provide - Shall mean the Contractor to furnish and install all equipment, labor and materials required to complete the Work.
Punchlist – List of incomplete items of Work and of items of Work that are not in conformance with the Contract.
Substantial Completion – Date of written notice to the Contractor that the Work is Substantially Complete and is ready for final inspection and development of the final Punchlist. Substantial Completion does not mean completion in accordance with the Contract, nor shall Substantial Completion of all or any part of the Project entitle the Contractor to Acceptance under the Contract.
Supplier - The individual, partnership, corporation, joint venture, or other legal entity having a contract with the agency or Contractor to provide materials, equipment or services necessary to the performance of the Work.
TCP - Traffic Control Plan.
Working Day
Substitute item c with the following and add item g:
c) any City holiday, specifically New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Juneteenth Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veteran’s Day, Thanksgiving Day, day after Thanksgiving, and the period from Christmas Eve to New Year’s Eve (inclusive). December 17, 2022, to January 2, 2023. g) any day on which the Contractor is specifically required by these Special Provisions. 1-3.2 Common Usage.
Add the following abbreviations:
AC......................................................................................................................Asphalt Concrete 1-3.3 Institutions.
Add the following abbreviations:
AAN ....................................................................................American Association of Nurserymen AGC........................................................................Associated General Contractors of California APWA................................................................................... American Public Works Association ASA ...........................................................................................American Standards Association DWP .......................................................................................... Department of Water and Power NEC...........................................................................................................National Electric Code SSS ..................................... State of California Standard Specifications, latest edition, Business and Transportation Agency, Department of Transportation 1-7 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT
Add the following subsections:
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-4
1-7.3 Integration.
a) Oral Modifications Ineffective. No oral order, objection, direction, claim or notice by any party or person shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations contained in the Contract Documents.
b) Contract Documents Represent Entire Contract. The Contract Documents represent the entire agreement of the City and Contractor.
1-7.4 Change in Name and Nature of Contractor’s Legal Entity.
Should a change be contemplated in the name or nature of the Contractor’s legal entity, the Contractor shall first notify the City in order that proper steps may be taken to have the change reflected on the Contract.
1-7.5 Prohibited Interests.
No City official or representative who is authorized in such capacity and on behalf of the City to negotiate, supervise, make, accept, or approve, or to take part in negotiating, supervising, making, accepting or approving any engineering, inspection, construction or material supply contract or any subcontract in connection with construction of the Project, shall be or become directly or indirectly interested financially in the Contract. 1-7.6 Ownership of Drawing.
All Contract Documents furnished by the City are City property. They are not to be used by Contractor or any Subcontractor on other work nor shall Contractor claim any right to such documents. With exception of one complete set of Contract Documents, all documents shall be returned to the City on request at completion of the Work. 1-7.7 Notice of Taxable Possessory Interest.
In accordance with Revenue and Taxation Code Section 107.6, the Contract Documents may create a possessory interest subject to personal property taxation for which Contractor will be responsible.
SECTION 2 – SCOPE OF THE WORK
2-1 WORK TO BE DONE.
Replace the subsection in its entirety with the following:
The Work to be done consists of furnishing all labor, materials, methods or processes, implements, tools, and machinery necessary for and appurtenant to the construction and completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract, and to leaving the construction site in a neat, clean, and orderly condition upon completion of the Work.
The estimated quantities of work and materials to be performed, constructed or furnished by the Contractor under this Contract are as shown on the Schedule of Prices in the Bid Proposal.
The costs for items not specifically listed on the Schedule of Prices, but necessary to complete the Work are considered to be included in the unit cost of items listed in the Schedule of Prices.
The Contractor shall perform a field review of the site prior to bidding the Work. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to ascertain the existence of any and all latent surface conditions affecting the cost of the Work which could be identified during a field review.
Upon identifying any latent surface condition not indicated on the Plans or provided for in the Special Provisions, the Contractor, at no additional cost to the City, shall either protect in place or remove the item, as directed by the Engineer.
Any plan or method suggested to the Contractor by the Engineer but not specified or required, if adopted or followed in whole or in part, shall be used at the risk and responsibility of the DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-5
Contractor; and the City and the Engineer will assume no responsibility therefor. 2-2 PERMITS.
Replace the section in its entirety with the following:
Chapter 5.02, Title 5, of the Corona Municipal Code requires the issuance of a City Business License as a condition precedent to being engaged as a contractor within the City. All Subcontractors retained by the Contractor to work on this Project must obtain a City of Corona Business License prior to doing any work. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure that all his Subcontractors comply with this requirement and submit evidence of the business license to the City prior to obtaining a construction permit.
The Contractor shall also be required to obtain No-Fee Construction Permits prior to starting the Work. The Contractor shall comply with all provisions of all permits whether obtained by the City or by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible to follow up and pay for any required inspection fees and obtain the permits prior to starting work. The Contractor shall obtain and pay all costs incurred for permits necessitated by its operations such as, but limited to, those permits required for night work, overload, blasting, and demolition.
All Contractor paid charges and fees will be reimbursable by the City in the exact amount shown on the receipt.
The Contractor shall be required to obtain a City fire hydrant potable water meter and backflow preventer for potable waterline and potable water facility construction and a City fire hydrant reclaimed water meter for all other construction purposes. The No-Fee Construction Water Permit will not require a deposit from the Contractor prior to permit issuance. The monthly utility bill shall include the actual cost for water consumed at the rate of $5.96 per unit (100 cubic feet or 748 gallons) or the current rate at the time. The Contractor shall be responsible to pay a monthly charge for the backflow device and readiness to serve charge based on the meter size as noted below.
Meter
Size
Monthly
Readiness
to Serve
Rate
Monthly
Backflow
Fee
3" $304.71 $ 6.70
4" $542.41 $ 6.70
6" $1,365.88 $ 6.70
8" $2,384.59 $ 6.70
Payment will be prorated on a monthly basis over the duration of the Contract. If no Bid item is provided, the cost shall be considered as included in the prices Bid for the various items of Work.
2-3 RIGHT-OF-WAY.
Replace the subsection in its entirety with the following:
Rights-of-way, easements, or rights-of-entry for the Work will be provided by the City. All temporary access or construction rights-of-way, other than those shown on the Plans, which the Contractor may find it requires during progress of the Work, shall be arranged by, paid for, and disposed of solely by the Contractor at its own expense. The Contractor shall defend, indemnify DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-6
and hold the City, its officials, officers, employees, and agents free and harmless from all claims for damages of any kind arising from or incident to such rights-of-way. 2-4 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK.
Substitute the first paragraph with the following:
Nothing contained in these documents shall be interpreted as granting to the Contractor exclusive occupancy of the construction site for the Work. Should construction be under way or subsequently begun by other forces or by other contractors within or adjacent to the limits of the Work, or in the vicinity of the Work to be done under this Contract, the Contractor shall so conduct his operations as to interfere to the least possible extent with the Work of such other forces or contractors. If the performance of this Contract is likely to be interfered with by the simultaneous performance of some other forces or contractors, the Engineer will decide which contractor shall continue or whether the Work can proceed simultaneously.
Any difference or conflicts that may arise between the Contractor and such other forces or contractors because of delays or hindrance to each other, shall be adjusted and determined by the Engineer. If the Work of the Contractor is delayed because of any acts or omissions of any other contractor or force, the Contractor shall on that account have no claim for additional compensation or extra cost against the City.
2-5 THE CONTRACTOR’S EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES.
2-5.1 General.
Add the following after the last paragraph:
The right of the City to generally supervise and review the Work shall not make the Contractor an agent of the City.
The Contractor must furnish adequate equipment to properly perform the Work in a workmanlike manner in accordance with these Specifications. Such equipment must be in good state of repair and maintained in such state during the progress of the Work. No worn or obsolete equipment shall be used, and in no case shall the maker's rating of capacity for any equipment be exceeded. Such equipment and facilities shall meet all requirements of applicable ordinances and laws.
2-5.4 Haul Routes.
Replace the first sentence with the following:
Haul routes shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. Haul routes shall minimize impacts on heavily traveled arterials and areas with sensitive land uses including schools, hospitals, and religious centers, and residential communities.
Minimize idling: Contractor shall prohibit engine idling while waiting to load or unload, if the expected wait exceeds ten minutes.
2-6 CHANGES REQUESTED BY THE CONTRACTOR
Add the following after the last sentence:
The Contractor shall give written notice of a proposed Change Order required for compliance with the Contract Documents within 7 days of discovery of the facts giving rise to the proposed Change Order.
2-7 CHANGES INITIATED BY THE AGENCY.
2-7.1 General.
Add the following after the last paragraph:
Contractor shall not be entitled to claim or bring suit for damages, whether for loss of profits DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-7
or otherwise, on account of any change resulting in a decrease or omission of any item or portion of work to be done. Whenever any change is made as provided for herein, such change shall be considered and treated as though originally included in the Contract, and shall be subject to all terms, conditions and provisions of the original Contract.
Add the following subsections:
2-11 SITE EXAMINATION.
The Contractor shall have the sole responsibility of satisfying itself concerning the nature and location of the Work, and the general and location conditions, such as, but not limited to, all other matters which could in any way affect the Work or the costs thereof. The failure of the Contractor to acquaint itself with all available information regarding any applicable existing or future conditions shall not relieve it from the responsibility for properly estimating the difficulties, responsibilities, or costs of successfully performing the Work according to the Contract Documents.
2-12 FLOW AND ACCEPTANCE OF WATER.
Storm, surface, nuisance, or other waters may be encountered at various times during construction of the Work. Therefore, the Contractor, by submitting a Bid, hereby acknowledges that it has investigated the risk arising from such waters, has prepared its Bid accordingly, and assumes any and all risks and liabilities arising there from. 2-13 NOTICE OF THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS.
Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 9201, the City will provide Contractor with timely notification of the receipt of any third-party claim relating to the Contract. Contractor shall attempt to verify and resolve claims promptly.
2-14 SEPARATE CONTRACTS.
The City reserves the right to let other contracts in connection with this Work or on the Project site. Contractor shall permit other contractors reasonable access and storage of their materials and execution of their work and shall properly connect and coordinate its Work with theirs.
To ensure proper execution of its subsequent Work, Contractor shall immediately inspect work already in place and shall at once report to the Engineer any problems with the work in place or discrepancies with the Contract Documents.
Contractor shall ascertain to its own satisfaction the scope of the Project and nature of any other contracts that have been or may be awarded by the City in prosecution of the Project to the end that Contractor may perform this Contract in the light of such other contracts, if any. Nothing herein contained shall be interpreted as granting to Contractor exclusive occupancy at site of the Project. Contractor shall not cause any unnecessary hindrance or delay to any other contractor working on the Project. If simultaneous execution of any contract for the Project is likely to cause interference with performance of some other contract or contracts, the Engineer will decide which Contractor shall cease Work temporarily and which contractor shall continue or whether work can be coordinated so that contractors may proceed simultaneously. The City shall not be responsible for any damages suffered or for extra costs incurred by Contractor resulting directly or indirectly from award, performance, or attempted performance of any other contract or contracts on the Project site.
SECTION 3 – CONTROL OF THE WORK
3-1 ASSIGNMENT.
Replace the first two sentences with the following:
Performance of the Contract may not be assigned or subcontracted except upon written DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-8
consent of the City. No such assignment shall be permitted which would relieve the original Contractor or the Contractor’s surety of responsibility under the Contract. 3-3 SUBCONTRACTORS.
Replace the first and second sentences with the following:
By appropriate written agreement, Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to be bound by all obligations of this Contract. Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the City. Should any Subcontractor fail to perform the Work undertaken by the Subcontractor to the satisfaction of the City, said Subcontractor shall be removed immediately from the Work upon request by the Engineer and shall not again be employed on the Work. The Contractor shall be held liable for all deficient Subcontractor work. Nothing contained in these Contract Documents shall create any contractual relationship between any Subcontractor and the City.
3-4 AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD AND THE ENGINEER.
Replace the second paragraph with the following:
The Engineer shall have general supervision and direction of the Work and may be represented on the Work by a duly authorized resident engineer or inspector. All claims of the Contractor and questions which may arise as to quality or acceptability of materials furnished and work performed and as to the manner of performance and the rate of progress of the Work; all questions as to the interpretation of the Contract, and Specifications; all questions as to the acceptable fulfillment of the Contract on the part of the Contractor and all questions as to compensation shall be referred to the Engineer for decision. The Engineer’s decision shall be final and conclusive.
3-5 INSPECTION.
Add the following after the first paragraph:
Whenever the Contractor varies the period during which work is carried on each day, the Contractor shall give due notice to the Engineer so that proper inspection may be provided.
Defective work shall be made good, and unsuitable materials may be rejected notwithstanding the fact that such defective work and unsuitable materials have been previously overlooked by the Engineer and accepted.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of the completion of the Work and the Engineer will make an inspection of the Work. The Engineer will not make the final inspection until the Work provided for and contemplated by the Contractor has been completed and the final clean up performed. The Contractor may be present at the final inspection. The Contractor will be notified in writing of any defects or deficiencies to be remedied. When notified that corrective work is completed, the Engineer will again inspect the Work and when the Engineer is satisfied that all work has been done in accordance with the Plans and Specifications, the Engineer will recommend to the Council that the Work be formally accepted.
The City will provide inspection for an 8-hour day, 40-hour week - Monday through Friday ONLY- at no cost to the Contractor. If the Contractor choses to work more than 8 hours in any given day or more than 40 hours in any given week or on Saturday, Sunday or City Holidays, the Contractor will be responsible for the entire cost for the additional inspection at rates established by the City as stipulated in 6-1. The Contractor must request and receive approval from the Engineer prior to working any overtime work that requires inspection.
3-6 THE CONTRACTOR’S REPRESENTATIVE.
Replace the first paragraph with the following:
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-9
Contractor shall have on the site, at all times, a superintendent who will be in charge of all aspects of the Contractor’s work. The superintendent shall be identified and designated by the Contractor in writing to the Engineer prior to the start of the Work. The superintendent shall be the individual authorized to receive directions from the Engineer and who will at all times act as the Contractor’s representative. Any order or communication given to the superintendent shall be deemed delivered to the Contractor. Contractor shall only replace the superintendent upon written approval of the Engineer. The Engineer shall have the right to request that the Contractor appoint a new superintendent if the Engineer determines that such a replacement would be in the best interest of the Project.
3-7 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
3-7.1 General.
Substitute the last paragraph with the following:
If the Contractor, either commencing work or in the course of the Work, finds any discrepancy between the Specifications and the Plans, or between either and the physical conditions at the site of the Work, or finds any error or omission in any of the Plans, or in any survey, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer in writing of any such discrepancy, error, or omission. If the Contractor observes that any Plans or Specifications are at variance with any applicable law, ordinance, regulation, order or decree, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer in writing of such conflict.
The Engineer on receipt of any such notice will promptly investigate the circumstances and give appropriate instructions to the Contractor. Until such instructions are given, any work done by the Contractor, either directly or indirectly, after the Contractor’s discovery of such error, discrepancy, or conflict, shall be at the Contractor’s own risk, and the Contractor shall bear all costs arising therefrom.
3-7.2 Precedence of Contract Documents.
Revise the section to read as follows:
In resolving disputes resulting from conflicts, errors, or discrepancies in any of the Contract Documents, the document highest in the order of precedence shall control. The order of precedence, from highest to lowest, shall be as follows:
a) Permits
b) Change Orders or Work Change Directives
c) Contract/Agreement
d) Addenda
e) Bid/Proposal
f) Special Provisions
g) General Provisions
h) Plans
i) Additions and Amendments to Standard Plans
j) City of Corona Standard Plans
k) Other Specified Standard Plans
l) Notice Inviting Bids
m) Instructions to Bidders
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-10
n) Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction o) Reference Specifications
With reference to the Drawings, the order of precedence, from highest to lowest, shall be as follows:
a) Figures govern over scaled dimensions
b) Detail drawings govern over general drawings
c) Addenda or Change Order drawings govern over Contract Drawings d) Contract Drawings govern over Standard Drawings
e) Contract Drawings govern over Shop Drawings
Should it appear that the Work to be done, or any of the matters relative thereto, are not sufficiently detailed or explained on the Contract Documents, or in the event of any doubt or question arising respecting the true meaning of the Specifications, the Contractor shall apply to the Engineer for such further explanation as may be necessary and the Engineer's decision shall be final and binding.
3-8 SUBMITTALS.
3-8.1 General.
Add the following to the end of first paragraph:
Within 30 Days after the Notice to Proceed has been received by the Contractor, the Contractor shall provide to the Engineer a complete list of names and addresses of all suppliers of materials to be used on the Work.
Add the following after the last paragraph:
All submittals shall be submitted prior to the start of the Work unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. No work shall begin until the construction schedule has been approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit for City review and approval Shop Drawings and submittals for all long lead supplies, materials, and equipment within 30 Working Days after the Notice to Proceed letter has been issued. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with a statement from the vendor(s) that the order(s) for said supplies, materials, and equipment has been received and accepted by said vendor(s) within 15 Working Days of said Notice to Proceed.
No work shall begin on the respective items of work that require a submittal until the submittals for those items of work have been approved in writing by the Engineer. When submitted for the Engineer’s review, Shop Drawings shall include the Contractor’s certification that the Contractor has reviewed, checked, and approved the Shop Drawings as conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents. The following Contractor’s certification shall appear on all submittals:
“It is hereby certified that the (equipment, material) shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into this Project, is in compliance with the Contract Documents, can be installed in the allocated spaces, and is submitted for review.
Certified by:
Date:
A copy of each Shop Drawing and each sample as reviewed by the Engineer shall be kept in good order by the Contractor at the site and shall be available to the Engineer. A review fee of $200 will be withheld from the Contractor’s progress payment for every re-submittal after the third time a submittal has been reviewed and rejected.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-11
3-8.3 Shop Drawings.
Add the following after the last paragraph:
The following procedures will apply to Shop Drawing submittals:
a) The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review one (1) digital copy of each submittal using one of the following methods:
1) Email: Send submittal as pdf attachment to City’s Representative. 2) Data Tracking System (DTS): Upload digital file to server maintained by City’s Representative.
3) CD: Burn a CD containing one or more submittals and furnish copy of CD to City and City’s Representative.
b) Multiple hard copies of submittals will not be accepted in lieu of digital submittal unless otherwise authorized or directed by City’s Representative. c) One digital copy of stamped submittal with cover letter will be returned to Contractor by email or DTS as appropriate.
d) Contractor shall verify emails sent with large attachments have been successfully received by City’s Representative. Files in excess of 15 MB in size shall not be sent as attachments to emails due to size restrictions associated with users’ email systems. e) Except as may otherwise by indicated herein, the Engineer will return the submittal to the Contractor with comments noted thereon, within 7 Days following receipt by the Engineer.
It is considered reasonable that the Contractor shall make a complete and acceptable submittal to the Engineer by the third submission of a submittal item. The Contractor shall allow a minimum of 7 Days for review of submittals.
1) If a submittal is returned to the Contractor marked “No exceptions taken,” formal revision and resubmission of said submittal will not be required. 2) If a submittal is returned to the Contractor marked “Make corrections noted,” formal revision and resubmission of said submittal will not be required. 3) If a submittal is returned to the Contractor marked “Amend-Resubmit,” the Contractor shall revise said submittal and shall resubmit the required number of copies of the revised submittal to the Engineer.
4) If a submittal is returned to the Contractor marked “Rejected-Resubmit,” the Contractor shall revise said submittal and shall resubmit the required number of copies of said revised submittal to the Engineer.
f) When reviewed by the Engineer, the drawings will be stamped and signed by the Engineer and returned to the Contractor.
g) The review of the drawings shall not be construed as a complete check, but will indicate only that the general method of construction and detailing is satisfactory. The Contractor shall assume all responsibility for accuracy of data, details, and dimensions shown in the submittals.
h) The Contractor agrees that if deviations, discrepancies, or conflicts between Shop Drawing submittals and the Contract Documents in the form of Plans and Specifications, except as particularly noted within the submittal, are discovered either prior to or after Shop Drawing submittals are processed by the Engineer, the Plans and Specifications shall control and shall be followed.
i) Revisions indicated on Shop Drawings shall be considered as changes necessary to meet the requirements of the Contract Plans and Specifications and shall not be taken as the basis of claims for Extra Work. The Contractor shall have no claims for damages or extension of time due to any delay resulting from making required revisions to Shop Drawings. The review of said drawings by the Engineer will apply to general design only and will in no way relieve the Contractor of responsibility for errors or omissions contained therein nor will such review operate to waive or modify any provisions or requirements DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-12
contained in these Contract Specifications or on the Contract Drawings. j) Compliance certificates and weigh slips shall be provided for all aggregate base, asphalt concrete, Portland Cement Concrete, reinforcing steel, etc. Mix designs shall be submitted for asphalt concrete and Portland Cement Concrete mixes. k) The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer 1 digital file in PDF format for review of instruction and maintenance manuals and parts lists of all major equipment furnished.
Data in these manuals shall cover completely all items as specified and as supplied. The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer 1 digital file in PDF format and 1 printed and bound copy of final instruction and maintenance manuals and parts lists of all major equipment furnished.
l) Shop fabrication drawings and lay sheets are required for all steel pipelines 16 inches and greater in diameter. The drawings and lay sheets shall fully illustrate horizontal station and vertical elevation of all joints and angle points, true angular deflection at locations of combined vertical and horizontal bends, and horizontal station for pipeline appurtenances. m)
3-8.4 Supporting Information.
Replace the second, third and fourth sentences with the following:
The Contractor shall submit signed verification from each source of supply for each construction material employed on the Work indicating that the material conforms to the Plans and Specifications. Two copies of the supporting information shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to the start of the Work.
Add the following subsection:
3-8.7 “Record Drawing” (As Builts).
The Contractor shall maintain, on the job site, a set of full-size reproducible contract plans, or a set of full-size blueline or blackline prints. The Contractor shall mark on these all as-built conditions, locations, configurations, and other details, which may vary from the details represented on the original drawings. Horizontal and vertical locations of existing underground utilities shall be referenced by station and elevation with dimensions of all utilities depicted.
Details shall be noted in locations where new facilities, piping, equipment is connecting to existing improvements. This master record of as-built conditions, including all revisions made necessary by addenda, Change Orders, and the like, shall be maintained up-to-date during the progression of the Work.
Upon completion of the Work and prior to final acceptance, the complete set of Plans, marked up to show as-built conditions, shall be delivered to the Engineer. These plans shall be known as "Record Drawings."
Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of 3-8 shall be considered as included in the various items of work involved and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor. 3-10 SURVEYING
3-10.1 General.
Replace the subsection in its entirety with the following:
All survey monuments, centerline ties and survey reference points shall be protected in place or reestablished where missing or disturbed, in accordance with Section 8771 of the Professional Land Surveyor’s Act (Business & Professions Code Section 8700 et seq.), prior to Project acceptance. This work will be the responsibility of the Contractor and shall be at the Contractor’s sole cost and expense.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-13
All construction control surveying shall be performed under the supervision of a Registered Civil Engineer or Licensed Land Surveyor at the expense of the Owner/Contractor.
Survey stakes shall be set and stationed by the Owner’s/Contractor’s surveyor as follows:
a) Waterline – 40' intervals and change of alignment or grade Offsets and locations shall be as agreed upon. The Contractor shall transfer grade hubs for construction as the Contractor may require. The Engineer shall have the right to verify the Contractor’s survey extensions, and if found deficient, the Contractor shall pay the costs therefor.
Contractor shall submit a completed “Request for Construction Staking Form” in Appendix A to the Engineer 72 hours in advance of construction work requiring such survey stakes.
Add the following subsection:
3-10.1.1 Payment.
Full compensation for Surveying Services shall be considered as included in the Lump Sum Bid Price for “Construction Surveying.” Payment will be prorated on a monthly basis over the duration of the Contract. If no Bid item is provided, the cost shall be considered as included in the prices Bid for the various items of the Work.
3-10.2 Line and Grade.
Replace the subsection in its entirety with the following:
All work, including finished surfaces, shall during its progress and upon completion conform to the lines, grades, cross-sections, elevations and dimensions shown on the Plans. All distances and measurements are given thereon and will be made in a horizontal plane. Three consecutive points shown on the same rate of slope must be used in common in order to detect any variation from a straight line. In the event any discrepancy exists, it must be reported to the Engineer.
Failure to make this report shall make the Contractor responsible for any error in the finished work. Minor deviations from approved Plans, whenever required by the exigencies of construction, shall be determined in all cases by the Engineer and authorized in writing. 3-12 WORK SITE MAINTENANCE.
3-12.1 General.
Replace the second paragraph with the following:
Contractor and all Subcontractors are required to clean up the site on a daily basis. This cleanup shall include, but not be limited to, a self-loading motorized street sweeper equipped with a functional water spray system; water truck and hose with a vactor/vacuum truck to collect soil laden water at collection points prior to discharge into any storm drain system; or by hand (depending on the size of the daily job/cleanup); removal of all construction material that is no longer needed on the job site; daily removal of all construction rubbish/trash away from the job site; and proper storage of all construction equipment including traffic control devices that are not in use. The contractor shall clean all paved areas within the Work site and all paved routes at least once each Working Day. If additional sweeping is necessary to adequately clean the street from debris or material from the Contractor’s operation, the Contractor shall arrange for the additional sweeping each day at no additional cost to the City. Clean shall be defined as the removal of soil from pavement surfaces whereby no dust or runoff can be discharged from the work site during any weather event and no soil can be tracked offsite. Failure to comply with these daily cleanup requirements may result in the City performing the cleanup work and deducting the direct costs from the Contractor’s next monthly progress payment(s).
Upon completion and before making application for acceptance of the Work, the Contractor DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-14
shall clean the construction site and all ground occupied by him in connection with the Work of all rubbish, excess materials, temporary structures, and equipment. All parts of the Work area shall be left in a neat and presentable condition.
Care should be taken to prevent spillage or trackage on streets over which hauling is done, and any such spillage or debris deposited on streets due to the Contractor's operation shall be immediately cleaned up.
The Contractor shall remove and dispose of all structures, debris, or other obstructions to the construction of the Work as specified. Where such obstructions consist of improvements not required by law to be removed by the owner thereof, all such improvements shall be removed, maintained, and permanently replaced by the Contractor at his expense as required for performance of the Work.
The Contractor shall furnish all water necessary for compaction, cleaning, flushing, dust control, etc. The Contractor shall comply with all of the requirements of the City of Corona Department of Water and Power.
No separate payment will be made for any work performed or material used to control dust resulting from the Contractor’s performance of the Work, or by public traffic, either inside or outside the right-of-way.
Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of 7-8.1 shall be considered as included in the various items of work involved and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor. 3-12.4 Storage of Equipment and Materials.
3-12.4.2 Storage in Public Streets.
Replace the first paragraph with the following:
No equipment or material shall be stored in the public right-of-way. Material or equipment shall not be stored where it will interfere with the safe passage of public traffic. At the end of each day's work and at other times when construction operations are suspended for any reason, the Contractor shall remove all equipment and other obstructions from that portion of the roadway open for use by the public traffic.
Add the following subsection:
3-12.4.3 Storage on Private Property.
The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall minimize the effects of construction operations upon private properties adjacent to the Work.
Prior to storing equipment or material on private property, the Contractor shall provide copies of all letters of permission or written agreements executed by affected property owners for the purpose of granting trespass rights to enter upon, stockpile or store Contractor's supplies and equipment. The Contractor shall, as a penalty to the City, forfeit $100 as a fine for each parcel as determined by the Engineer for failure to provide copies of such documentation to the Engineer prior to storing equipment or material on private property. Said fine or fines will be deducted from the Contractor’s subsequent monthly progress payment. The Contractor is solely responsible to initiate contact and negotiate agreement with property owners if the Contractor should desire to use private property for storage or other purposes.
Materials or equipment placed on private property without owner's consent or in breach of owner/contractor agreement shall constitute ground for immediate issuance of a stop work notice to the Contractor. The Contractor shall then be required to suspend all operations until affected property is cleaned up and restored to original condition. Additional contract days will not be DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-15
granted due to stop work action against Contractor.
3-12.6 Water Pollution Control.
3-12.6.2 Best Management Practices (BMPs).
Replace the subsection in its entirety with the following:
This Project shall conform to the requirements of the Western Riverside County Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4) Waste Discharge Permit, Order No. R8-2010-0033 issued by the Santa Ana Regional Water Board. This Permit, hereinafter referred to as the “MS4 Permit” regulates all municipal activities. In conjunction with the MS4 Permit, all activities associated with construction must also comply with the Statewide General Permit for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities, Order No. 2009-09-DWQ, (NPDES No. CAS000002) herein referred to as the General Construction Activity Permit, or latest version.
The Contractor shall become fully informed of and comply with the applicable provisions of the above referenced Permits and federal, state and local regulations that govern the Contractor’s operations and storm water discharges from both the Project site and areas of disturbance outside the Project limits during construction. Local regulations shall include CMC 15.36.280 and City Ordinance 2806 and 2568. Unless arrangements for disturbance of areas outside the Project limits are made by the Owner and made part of the contract, it is expressly agreed that the Owner assumes no responsibility to the Contractor or property owner whatsoever with respect to any arrangements made between the Contractor and property owner to allow disturbance of areas outside the Project limits.
The table below lists construction site BMP minimum requirements for this project.
TABLE 3-12.6.2
Construction Site BMPs (1)
ID (3) BMP Name (3) Minimum
Requirements
Temporary Soil Stabilization
EC-1 Scheduling (2) X
EC-2 Preservation of Existing Vegetation (2) X
EC-3 Hydraulic Mulch
EC-4 Hydroseeding
EC-5 Soil Binders
EC-6 Straw Mulch
EC-7 Geotextiles, Plastic Covers, & Erosion Control Blankets/Mats EC-8 Wood Mulching
EC-9 Earth Dikes/Drainage Swales & Ditches
EC-10 Outlet Protective/Velocity Dissipation Devices
EC-11 Slope Drains
EC-12 Streambank Stabilization
EC-14 Compost Blanket
EC-15 Soil Preparation/Roughening
EC-16 Non-Vegetative Stabilization
Temporary Sediment Control
SE-1 Silt Fence
SE-2 Sediment Basin
SE-3 Sediment Trap
SE-4 Check Dam
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-16
TABLE 3-12.6.2
Construction Site BMPs (1)
ID (3) BMP Name (3) Minimum
Requirements
SE-5 Fiber Rolls
SE-6 Gravel Bag Berm
SE-7 Street Sweeping and Vacuuming (2) X
SE-8 Sandbag Barrier (2) X
SE-9 Straw Bale Barrier
SE-10 Storm Drain Protection (2) X
SE-11 Active Treatment Systems
SE-12 Temporary Silt Dike
SE-13 Compost Socks and Berms
SE-14 Biofilter Bags
Wind Erosion Control
WE-1 Wind Erosion Control (2) X
Traffic Control
TC-1 Stabilized Construction Entrance/Exit (2) X
TC-2 Stabilized Construction Roadway
TC-3 Entrance/Outlet Tire Wash
Non-Storm Water Management
NS-1 Water Conservation Practices X
NS-2 Dewater Operations
NS-3 Paving and Grinding Operations X
NS-4 Temporary Stream Crossing
NS-5 Clear Water Diversion
NS-6 Illicit Connection/Illegal Discharge Detection and Reporting (2) X NS-7 Potable Water/Irrigation
NS-8 Vehicle Equipment Cleaning (2) X
NS-9 Vehicle Equipment Fueling (2) X
NS-10 Vehicle Equipment Maintenance (2) X
NS-11 Pile Driving Operations
NS-12 Concrete Curing X
NS-13 Concrete Finishing X
NS-14 Material and Equipment Use X
NS-15 Demolition Adjacent to Water
NS-16 Temporary Batch Plants
Waste Management and Material Pollution Control
WM-1 Material Delivery and Storage (2) X
WM-2 Material Use (2) X
WM-3 Stockpile Management (2) X
WM-4 Spill Prevention and Control (2) X
WM-5 Solid Waste Management (2) X
WM-6 Hazardous Waste Management
WM-7 Contaminated Soil Management
WM-8 Concrete Waste Management X
WM-9 Sanitary/Septic Waste Management (2) X
WM-10 Liquid Waste Management
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-17
(1) Additional BMPs may be required as a result of actual field conditions, Contractor activities, construction operations, or as required by the latest General Construction Activity Permit, federal, state, and local regulations. (2) As required on all projects as determined by the City. (3) Per the latest California Stormwater Quality Association (CASQA) Stormwater BMP Handbook The following list of BMP measures shall be implemented as applicable to the project.
Contractor shall refer to the Permits, federal, state, and local regulations for complete information and further details.
a) All construction Contractor and subcontractor personnel are to be made aware of the required Best Management Practices and good housekeeping measures for the project site and any associated construction staging areas.
b) Construction sites shall be maintained in such a condition that wind or runoff does not carry wastes or pollutants off the site to streets, drainage facilities or adjoining properties.
Discharges other than storm water (non-storm water discharges) are prohibited, except as authorized by an individual NPDES permit, the statewide General Permit for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction Activity, or other applicable General NPDES permit. Potential pollutants include but are not limited to: solid or liquid chemical spills; wastes from paints, stains, sealants, solvents, detergents, glues, lime, pesticides, herbicides, fertilizers, wood preservatives, and asbestos fibers, paint flakes or stucco fragments; fuels, oils, lubricants, and hydraulic, radiator or battery fluids; concrete and related cutting or curing residues; floatable wastes; wastes from street cleaning; superchlorinated potable water from line flushing and testing; and runoff from equipment and vehicle washing. During construction, disposal of such materials should occur in a specified and controlled temporary area onsite physically separated from potential storm water runoff, with ultimate disposal in accordance with local, state, and federal requirements.
c) An effective combination of erosion and sediment control BMPs shall be implemented and maintained to prevent and/or minimize the transport of soil in runoff from disturbed soil areas on the construction site at all times.
d) Stockpiles of soil shall be properly contained to eliminate or reduce sediment transport from the site to streets, drainage facilities or adjacent properties via runoff, vehicle tracking, or wind.
e) Paved streets, sidewalks and other improvements shall be maintained in a neat and clean condition, free of lose soil, construction debris and trash. Street sweeping or other equally effective means shall be used on a regular basis to control silt that has been deposited on streets or sidewalks. Watering shall not be used to clean streets. f) At the end of each day of construction activity, all construction debris and waste materials shall be collected and properly disposed in trash or recycle bins. g) The Contractor shall conduct their operations in such a manner that storm runoff will be contained within the Project or channeled into the storm drain system which serves the runoff area. Storm runoff from one area shall not be allowed to divert to another runoff area.
h) The Contractor shall be responsible and shall take necessary precautions to prevent public trespass onto areas where impounded water creates a hazardous condition. i) No obstruction or disturbance of natural drainage courses or existing storm drain inlets shall occur during grading operations unless adequate temporary/permanent drainage facilities have been approved and installed to carry surface water to the nearest practical DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-18
street, storm drain or natural water course. All existing drainage courses on the project site must be maintained in a state to allow for continuous function. j) Conformance with the requirements of these Plans shall in no way relieve the Contractor from their responsibilities to the Work site and adjacent properties. BMPs shall be maintained at all times. In addition, BMPs shall be inspected prior to predicted storm events and following storm events.
k) Equipment and workers for emergency work shall be made available at all times.
Necessary materials shall be available on site and stockpiled at convenient locations to facilitate rapid construction of temporary erosion control devices when rain is imminent. l) All removable protective devices shown shall be in place at the end of each Work Day when the 2-day rain probability forecast exceeds 50%, as forecasted by the National Weather Service.
m) After a rain event exceeding one-quarter inch in any 12-hour period, or upon direction of the Public Works Director, all silt and debris shall be removed from check dams, silt fences, and desilting basins, etc. Desilting basins shall be pumped dry and otherwise restored to the original design condition. Any erosion control measures damaged during a rain event shall also be immediately repaired.
n) The Agency reserves the right to make changes or modifications to the implementation of BMP measures as deemed necessary.
Pursuant to National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) requirements which fall under the jurisdiction of the State Water Resources Control Board, all materials or wastes (e.g. AC, concrete, fill material, waste water) which could be washed or otherwise discharged into the storm water system shall be contained. Contractor is required to confine such substances and activities generating such substances to an area specified by the Owner. Contractor shall take appropriate measures, including construction of temporary erosion control measures as necessary to ensure confinement.
The Contractor shall provide erosion control as appropriate during the course of the Contract.
Before the Notice of Completion, all erosion control materials shall be removed and properly disposed of by the Contractor as directed by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall be responsible throughout the duration of the Project for installing, constructing, inspecting, documenting and maintaining the control BMP measures and for removing and disposing of temporary control measures. Unless otherwise specified in these Special Provisions, the Contractor’s responsibility for BMP implementation shall continue throughout any temporary suspension of work ordered in accordance with 8-1.05, “Temporary Suspension of Work,” of the Standard Specifications. Requirements for installation, construction, inspection, maintenance, removal and disposal of control measures are specified in the Handbook and these Special Provisions.
As required in the Permit, the Contractor shall regularly inspect and maintain the construction site for the BMP control measures to ensure the proper implementation and functioning of BMP control measures. The Contractor shall identify corrective actions and time frames to address any damaged measures or reiterate any measures that have been discontinued.
The Engineer may order the suspension of construction operations which create water pollution if the Contractor fails to conform to the requirements of this section “Water Pollution Control” as determined by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall provide NPDES Permit training for Urban Runoff Management to Contractor’s employees and Subcontractors, if any. Failure to provide Urban Runoff Management DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-19
Training is a violation of Board Order No. R8-2010-0033, NPDES No. CAS 618033 (Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System NPDES Permit), Section XI.I for each day of which such failure occurs, and shall in addition, be a breach of the Contract with the City/County. Contractor understands and agrees that NPDES Permit violations are grounds for enforcement action by the US Environmental Protection Agency, the Regional Water Quality Control Board, and the City/County, and may result in permit termination (stop work order), civil and criminal fines, and termination of the Contract. By submitting a Bid, the Contractor certifies to the City/County that the Contractor has trained their employees and Subcontractors, if any, for Urban Runoff Management and included sufficient sums in the base bid price to cover such costs of said training.
The Contractor shall allow authorized agents of the Owner, State or Regional Water Quality Control Board, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and local storm water/urban runoff management agency, upon the presentation of credentials and other documents as may be required by law, to:
a) Enter upon the construction site and the Contractor’s facilities pertinent to the work; b) Have access to review any records that must be kept as specified in the Permits; c) Inspect the construction site and related soil stabilization practices and sediment control measures; and
d) Sample or monitor for the purpose of ensuring compliance with the Permits.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately upon request from regulatory agencies to enter, inspect, sample, monitor or otherwise access the Project site or the Contractor’s records.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the costs and for any liability imposed by law as a result of the Contractor’s failure to comply with the requirements set forth in this section “Water Pollution Control,” including but not limited to, compliance with the applicable provisions of the City Standard Specifications, Greenbook, permits and federal, state, and local regulations. For the purposes of this paragraph, costs and liabilities include, but are not limited to, fines, penalties and damages whether assessed against the Owner or the Contractor, including those levied under the Federal Clean Water Act and the Porter Cologne Water Quality Act.
In addition to any remedy authorized by law, so much of the money due the Contractor under the Contract that shall be considered necessary by the Owner be retained until disposition has been made of the costs and liabilities.
The retention of money due the Contractor shall be subject to the following:
a) The Owner will give the Contractor 30 days advance notice of its intention to retain funds from any partial payment which may become due to the Contractor prior to acceptance of the Contract. Retention of funds from any payment made after acceptance of the Contract may be made without prior notice to the Contractor.
b) No retention of additional amounts out of partial payments will be made if the amount to be retained does not exceed the amount being withheld from partial payments pursuant to 7-3.2 of the Specifications.
c) If the Owner has retained funds and it is subsequently determined that the State is not subject to the costs and liabilities in connection with the matter for which the retention was made, the Owner will be liable for interest on the amount regained at the legal rate of interest for the period of the retention.
Conformance with the requirements of this section “Water Pollution Control” shall not relieve the Contractor from the Contractor’s responsibilities, as provided in “Preservation of Property,” DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-20
“Responsibility for Damage,” of the Specifications.
3-12.6.3 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP).
Not required for this Project.
3-12.6.5 Payment.
Replace the section in its entirety with the following:
Full compensation for the implementation of BMPs, including construction, deployment, maintenance, removal, and furnishing of all necessary labor, equipment, materials, and all other related costs shall be considered as included in the Lump Sum Bid Price for “Implementation of BMPs.” Payment will be prorated on a monthly basis over the duration of the Contract.
If no Bid item is provided, the cost shall be considered as included in the prices Bid for the various items of Work.
3-13 COMPLETION, ACCEPTANCE, AND WARRANTY.
3-13.2 Acceptance.
Add the following to the end of the paragraph:
Acceptance of the Work by the Public Works Director does not extinguish any covenant or agreement on the part of the Contractor to be performed or fulfilled under this Contract which has not, in fact, been performed or fulfilled at the time of such acceptance all of which covenants and agreements shall continue to be binding on the Contractor until they have been fulfilled. 3-13.3 Warranty.
Add the following after the last paragraph:
The foregoing obligations shall be secured by warranty bond in a form approved by the Engineer in an amount not less than ten percent of the Contract Price, or $2,000, whichever is greatest, and shall be delivered to the Engineer prior to issuance of Notice to Proceed.
The parties agree that no certificate given, with the exception of the certificate of final payment, shall be conclusive evidence of the faithful performance of the Contract, either in whole or in part, and that no payment shall be construed to be in acceptance of any defective work or improper materials. Further, the certificate of final payment shall not terminate the Contractor’s obligations under his warranty herein above. The Contractor agrees that payment of the amount due under the Contract and the adjustments and payments due for any work done in accordance with any alterations of the same, shall release the City, the City Council and its officials, officers and employees from any and all claims or liability on account of work performed under the Contract or any alteration thereof.
No materials, supplies, or equipment for the Work under this contract shall be purchased subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contract or other agreement or supplier. The Contractor warrants clear and good title to all materials, supplies, and equipment installed and incorporated in the Work and agrees upon completion of all work to deliver the premises, together with all improvements and appurtenances constructed or placed thereon by the Contractor, and further agrees that neither the Contractor nor any person, firm or corporation furnishing any material or labor for any work covered by the contract shall have any right to a lien upon the premises or any improvement or appurtenance thereon, provided that this shall not preclude the Contractor from installing metering devices or other equipment of utility companies the title of which is commonly retained by the utility company. Nothing contained in this article, however, shall defeat or impair the right of such persons furnishing materials or labor under any bond given by the Contractor for their protection, or any right under any law permitting such persons to look to funds due the Contractor, which are in the hands of the City. The provisions of this article shall be inserted in all subcontracts and material contracts, and notices of its provisions DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-21
shall be given to all persons furnishing materials for the Work when no formal contract is entered into for such materials.
With respect to all warranties, express or implied, from Subcontractors, manufacturers, or suppliers for Work performed and materials furnished under this Contract, the Contractor shall:
a) Obtain for City all warranties that would be given in normal commercial practice; b) Require all warranties to be executed, in writing, for the benefit of the City; and c) Enforce all warranties for the benefit of the City, unless otherwise authorized in writing by the City.
This Section shall not limit the City’s rights under this Contract or with respect to latent defects, gross mistakes, or fraud. The City specifically reserves all rights related to defective work, including but not limited to the defect claims pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 337.15.
SECTION 4 – CONTROL OF MATERIALS
4-1 GENERAL.
Replace the subsection in its entirety with the following:
It is the intent of the City in drafting the Contract Documents to accept only first-class work, materials, parts, equipment and workmanship. All materials, parts and equipment furnished by Contractor for the Work shall be new, high grade, free from defects, of specified kind and fully equal to samples when such samples are required. Used or secondhand materials, parts and equipment may be used only if permitted by the Specifications. When the quality or kind of material or articles required under the Contract are not particularly specified, the Contractor shall provide those representing the best of their class or kind. Quality of work shall be in strict accordance with generally accepted standards. Material, parts, equipment and work quality shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. The Engineer shall have access to the Work at all times during construction and shall be furnished with every reasonable facility for securing full knowledge with regard to the progress, workmanship and character of the materials, parts and equipment used or employed in the Work. Materials, parts and equipment shall be furnished in such quantities, kinds and at such times as to ensure uninterrupted progress of the Work.
All materials, parts, equipment or work which are defective in their construction or deficient in any of the requirements of the Contract Documents, whether in place or not, shall be remedied or removed and replaced by the Contractor in an acceptable manner and no compensation will be allowed for such correction work. Any work done beyond the lines shown on the Plans or established by the Engineer, or any Extra Work done without written authority, will be considered unauthorized and will not be paid for by City. Upon Contractor’s failure to comply promptly with any order of the Engineer made under the provisions of this Section, the Engineer shall have authority to cause such defective or unauthorized work to be remedied or removed and replaced, and to deduct the costs thereof from any monies due or to become due the Contractor. If the Work is found to be in compliance with these Specifications, the Engineer will furnish the Contractor with a certificate to that effect.
4-2 PROTECTION.
Insert the following after the first sentence:
All materials for use in the Work shall be stored by the Contractor in such a manner as to prevent damage from exposure to the elements, a mixture of foreign materials, or any other cause.
Contractor shall be solely responsible for any and all damages or loss by weather or any other cause to such materials, parts and equipment. The Contractor shall make good any and all DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-22
damages or loss to materials, parts and equipment.
Add the following at the end of 4-2:
Until the final written acceptance of the Work by the City, the Contractor shall have the charge and care thereof and shall bear the risk of injury or damage to any part of the Work by the action of the element or any other cause. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore and make good all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its completion and Acceptance, and shall bear the expense thereof, except for such injuries or damages arising from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the City, its officers, agents or employees. In the case of suspension of the Work from any cause whatsoever, the Contractor shall be responsible for all materials and the protection of work already completed, and shall properly store and protect them, if necessary. Contractor shall provide suitable drainage and erect temporary structures where necessary. Nothing in this Contract shall be considered as vesting in the Contractor any right of property in materials used after they have been attached or affixed to the Work or the soil upon City real property. All such materials shall, upon being so attached or so affixed, become the property of the City.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Contractor shall not be responsible for restoring damage valued in excess of 5% of the Contract Price if such damage was caused by an earthquake measuring over 3.5 on the Richter scale, as provided for in Public Contract Code Section 7105.
If provided for in the Contract Bid Forms, however, Contractor shall provide insurance to protect against such damages.
4-4 TESTING.
Insert the following before the first paragraph:
All materials proposed for use may be tested at any time during their preparation and use. If, after trial, it is found that sources of supply that have been approved do not furnish a uniform product, or if the product from any source proves unacceptable at any time, the Contractor shall furnish approved material from other approved sources. After approval, any material which becomes unfit for use due to improper storage, handling, or any other reason, shall be rejected.
Add the following subsection:
4-4.1 Defective Materials.
All materials not conforming to the requirements of these Specifications shall be considered as defective and all such materials, whether in place or not, shall be rejected and shall be removed immediately from the site of the Work unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer. No rejected materials, the defects of which have been subsequently corrected, shall be used until approval in writing has been given by the Engineer. Upon failure of the Contractor to comply with any order of the Engineer made under the provisions of this article, the Engineer shall have the authority to remove and replace defective material and to deduct the cost of removal and replacement from any monies due or to become due the Contractor.
4-6 TRADE NAMES.
The second and third paragraphs are amended in their entirety to read as follows:
Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 3400(b) the City may make a finding that is described in the invitation for bids that designates certain products, things, or services by specific brand or trade name as “exclusive standard.”
Unless specifically designated as described above, whenever any particular material, process, or equipment is indicated by a patent, proprietary, or brand name, or by the name of the manufacturer, such product shall be deemed as followed by the words “or equal.” A Bidder/Contractor may offer any material, process, or equipment considered as equivalent to that DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-23
indicated, unless an exclusive standard is specified. Failure of the Bidder/Contractor to submit requests for substitution by the stipulated deadline shall be deemed to signify that the Bidder/Contractor intends to furnish one of the brands named in the Special Provisions, and the Bidder/Contractor does hereby waive all rights to offer or use substitute materials, products, or equipment for that which was originally specified.
Deadline for receipt of Substitution Requests shall expire at 5:00 PM, 7 Days before the date of bid opening published in the Notice Inviting Bids.
The burden of proof as to the comparative quality and suitability of alternative equipment or materials shall be on the Bidder/Contractor. The Bidder/Contractor shall, at its expense, furnish data concerning items offered by it as equivalent to those specified. Such data shall include complete calculations, technical specifications, samples, or published documents relating to the performance and physical characteristics of the proposed substitute. The Bidder/Contractor shall have the material tested as required by the Engineer to determine that the quality, strength, physical, chemical, or other characteristics, including durability, finish, efficiency, dimensions, service, and suitability are such that the item will completely and adequately fulfill its intended function.
Substitution Request Procedure - Submit a written request on Substitution Request Forms provided in the Bid Documents for proposed substitutions to Engineer prior to deadline for receipt of substitution requests. Submit proposed substitutions relating to a particular subcontract or trade in a single package. If Engineer accepts any proposed substitutions, such acceptance will be set forth in an Addendum. No substitution will be considered after the deadline for receipt of substitution requests has expired. Requests for substitutions shall be accompanied by a nonrefundable cashier’s check or money order for $200 made out to City of Corona to compensate Owner for cost of reviewing substitution request. Check shall clearly show Project name and product or service submitted for review.
Products accepted as "accepted equals" shall, in Owner's opinion, meet the following requirements:
a) Products shall be of equal quality, substance, function and color to those listed. b) Products shall be standard products of a reputable manufacturer having regularly been engaged for 5 years in manufacture of products furnished. c) Products shall have a reputation for assuring long-lasting trouble-free service. d) Factory-authorized, factory-trained, and competent service personnel and stocked service parts shall be available within a 150-mile radius of the Work. e) Manufacturer shall be capable of certifying compliance with listed reference standards.
Products not meeting the above requirements shall, for purpose of this Contract, be deemed “inferior” even if product’s only shortcoming is that Bidder/Contractor failed to submit a Substitution Request on said product prior to the stipulated deadline. Substitution of "inferior" products shall not occur except where cost savings are offered to and accepted by the Owner in the form of a Change Order.
SECTION 5 – LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES
5-3 LABOR
5-3.1 General.
Replace the second paragraph with the following:
Only competent workers shall be employed on the Work. If any person employed by the Contractor or any Subcontractor shall fail or refuse to carry out the directions of the Engineer, or is in the opinion of the Engineer incompetent, unfaithful, intemperate, or disorderly; or uses DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-24
threatening or abusive language to any person on the Work representing the City; or is otherwise unsatisfactory, that person shall be discharged immediately and shall not again be employed on the Work except by written consent of the Engineer.
When any portion of the Work that has been subcontracted by the Contractor is not being prosecuted in a satisfactory manner, the Subcontractor for such work shall be terminated immediately by the Contractor upon written notice from the Engineer and said Subcontractor shall not again be employed on that type of work for the duration of the Contract.
Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1735 and other applicable provisions of law, there shall be no discrimination against any employee who is employed by the Contractor or any of the Subcontractors or by any agent of the foregoing in the Work covered by this contract or against any applicant for such employment because of race, religion, color, or national origin. This provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff, or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and selection for training including apprenticeship. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that employees are treated during employment or training without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age, political affiliation, marital status, or handicap. 5-3.2 Prevailing Wages.
Insert the following as the first four paragraphs:
Contractor is aware of the prevailing wage requirements of Chapter 1 (beginning at Section 1720 et seq.) of Part 7 of Division 2 of the California Labor Code, as well as Title 8, Section 16000 et seq. of the California Code of Regulations (“Prevailing Wage Laws”), which require the payment of prevailing wage rates and the performance of other requirements on “public works” and “maintenance” projects. Contractor and its subcontractors shall fully comply with the Prevailing Wage Laws for their employees and any others to whom such laws are applicable. Contractor and its subcontractors shall also be responsible for any and all violations and fines imposed on them pursuant to the Prevailing Wage Laws.
Pursuant to SB 854, which amended the Prevailing Wage Laws, this Contract is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the DIR. Beginning April 1, 2015, no contractor or subcontractor may be awarded this Contract unless registered with the DIR pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5. The City will report all necessary contracts to the DIR as required by the Prevailing Wage Laws.
Contractor shall make copies of the prevailing rates of per diem wages for each craft, classification or type of worker needed to execute the Work available to interested parties upon request and shall post copies at the Contractor’s principal place of business and at the Project site. It is most efficient for the Contractor to obtain a copy of the prevailing wages in effect at the commencement of this Contract from the website of the Division of Labor Statistics and Research of the DIR located at www.dir.ca.gov/dlsr/. In the alternative, the Contractor may obtain a copy of the prevailing wages from the City.
Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold the City, its elected officials, officers, employees and agents free and harmless from any claim or liability arising out of any failure or alleged failure to comply with the Prevailing Wage Laws.
Add the following subsection:
5-3.2.1 Apprentices.
Attention is directed to the provisions of Section 1777.5 and 1777.6 of the Labor Code concerning the employment of apprentices by the Contractor or any Subcontractor under him/her.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-25
The Contractor and any Subcontractor under him/her shall comply with the requirements of said sections in the employment of apprentices.
5-3.3 Payroll Records.
Add the following after the first sentence:
In accordance with the requirements of the California Prevailing Wage Laws, Contractor and each Subcontractor shall keep an accurate payroll record, showing the name, address, social security number, work classification, straight time, and overtime hours worked each day and week, and the actual per diem wages paid to each journeyman, apprentice, worker, or other employee employed by him or her in connection with the work. The payroll records shall be certified and made available for inspection at all reasonable hours in accordance with the California Prevailing Wage Laws.
Contractors and subcontractors on public works projects are required to furnish certified payroll records (CPRs) to the Labor Commissioner, using the Department of Industrial Relations (DIR) electronic certified payroll reporting (eCPR) system at:
http://www.dir.ca.gov/Public-Works/Certified-Payroll-Reporting.html The Contractor and Subcontractors shall be subject to, and fully comply with, all California Prevailing Wage Laws, including, but not limited to, those pertaining to the maintenance and inspection of certified payroll records. The record of wages paid shall be certified by the Contractor and submitted with each progress payment request. In the event of noncompliance with the requirements of this section for payroll records, the Contractor shall have 10 days in which to comply subsequent to receipt of written notice specifying any item or actions necessary to ensure compliance with this section. Should noncompliance still be evident after such 10-day period, the Contractor shall, as a penalty to the City, forfeit $25 for each day, or portion thereof, for each worker until strict compliance is effectuated. Upon the request of the DIR, such penalties shall be withheld from contract payments.
5-4 INSURANCE.
Substitute Subsection 5-4 in its entirety (including Subsections 5-4.1 through 5-4.4) with the following:
5-4.1 General.
5-4.1.1 General Requirement; Time for Compliance. Contractor shall, at its expense, procure and maintain for the duration of the Contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the Work hereunder by Contractor, its agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors.
Contractor shall also require all of its subcontractors to procure and maintain the same insurance for the duration of the Contract. Within the time required by the Contract Documents and in no event before Contractor commences any Work under this Contract, Contractor shall provide evidence satisfactory to the City that it has secured all insurance required under this section. In addition, Contractor shall not allow any subcontractor to commence Work on any subcontract until it has provided evidence satisfactory to the City that the subcontractor has secured all insurance required under this section. Failure to provide and maintain all required insurance shall be grounds for the City to terminate this Contract for cause. 5-4.2 Minimum Required Insurance.
5-4.2.1 Minimum Insurance – Scope of Coverage. Insurance coverage shall be maintained which is at least as broad as the latest version of the following:
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-26
A. General Liability: Insurance Services Office Commercial General Liability coverage (occurrence form CG 0001) including bodily injury, property damage, products and completed operations and personal and advertising injury.
B. Automobile Liability: Insurance Services Office Business Auto Coverage form number CA 0001, code 1 (any auto), or if Contractor has no owned autos, Code 8 (hired) and 9 (nonowned).
C. Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability: Workers’ Compensation insurance as required by the State of California and Employer’s Liability Insurance.
D. Builders’ Risk (Course of Construction)/All Risk: Builders’ Risk (Course of Construction)/All Risk insurance covering for all risks of loss, including explosion, collapse, underground excavation and removal of lateral support. In the sole discretion of the City’s Risk Manager, an Installation Floater may be allowed in lieu of Builders’ Risk (Course of Construction)/All Risk insurance, so long as it covers the completed value of the Project, has no coinsurance penalty provisions, the City is named as a loss payee, and any other provisions, endorsements or conditions required by the City’s Risk Manager are satisfied in his or her sole discretion.
E. Professional Liability: All architects, engineers, consultants and design professionals either employed or retained by Contractor shall also procure and maintain, for a period of five (5) years following completion of the Contract, Professional Liability (Errors and Omissions) insurance appropriate to their profession.
5-4.2.2 Minimum Insurance – Limits. Insurance coverage shall be maintained with limits no less than:
A. General Liability: $2,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury, property damage and personal and advertising injury. If Commercial General Liability Insurance or other form with an aggregate limit is used including, but not limited to, form CG 2503, either the aggregate limit shall apply separately to this Contract/location or the aggregate limit shall be twice the required occurrence limit.
B. Automobile Liability: $2,000,000 per accident for bodily injury and property damage.
C. Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability: Workers’ compensation limits as required by the Labor Code of the State of California. Employer’s Liability limits of $1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury or disease.
D. Builders’ Risk (Course of Construction)/All Risk: Completed value of the Project with no coinsurance provisions.
E. Professional Liability: $1,000,000 per occurrence or claim; $2,000,000 aggregate. 5-4.2.3 Minimum Insurance – Endorsements Required. The insurance policies shall contain or be endorsed (amended) to include the following provisions:
A. General Liability: (1) The City, its directors, officials, officers, employees, agents and DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-27
volunteers shall be covered as additional insureds with respect to the Work or operations performed by or on behalf of Contractor, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work; and with respect to the products and completed operations hazard.
The endorsement form shall be at least as broad as ISO Form CG2010 11 85 or both CG2037 and one of the following: CG2010, CG2026, CG2033 or CG2038; (2) the insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the City, its directors, officials, officers, employees, agents and volunteers (the endorsement shall be at least as broad as ISO Form CG2001 0413). Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the City, its directors, officials, officers, employees, agents and volunteers shall be excess of Contractor’s insurance and shall not be called upon to contribute with it in any way; and (3) the Contractor’s insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claims are made or suits are brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer’s liability, and shall provide cross-liability coverage.
B. Automobile Liability (Pollution Coverage): If specified in the Special Provisions, Contractor shall procure and maintain, or require its subcontractors to procure and maintain, Pollution – Broadened Coverage for Covered Autos as broad as ISO form CA 9948 03 06 or, if required by the Motor Carrier Act of 1980, an MCS 90 endorsement. The City, its directors, officials, officers, employees, agents and volunteers shall be covered as additional insureds.
C. Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Coverage: The insurer shall agree to waive all rights of subrogation against the City, its directors, officials, officers, employees, agents and volunteers for losses paid under the terms of the insurance policy which arise from Work or Services performed by Contractor, its employees, agents and subcontractors.
D. Builders’ Risk (Course of Construction)/All Risk: The builders’ risk (Course of Construction)/all risk insurance shall provide that the City be named as loss payee. In addition, the insurer shall waive all rights of subrogation against the City. 5-4.2.4 All Policies - Endorsements Preferred. The following provisions shall apply to all insurance policies required under this Contract, including any optional insurance coverages outlined in this Section 5-4 and specified in the Special Provisions, and failure to comply shall be considered to be a breach of this Contract by Contractor. Contractor shall endeavor to provide endorsements regarding the following provisions, but nonetheless understands, acknowledges and agrees that the following provisions shall apply:
A. Waiver of Subrogation. Contractor hereby waives all rights of subrogation any insurer of Contractor may acquire against the City, its directors, officials, officers, employees, agents and volunteers for losses paid under the terms of any insurance policy, which arise from Work or Services performed by the Contractor. Contractor understands that this provision is in full force and effect even if the City does not receive a waiver of subrogation endorsement from the insurer.
B. Notice. Contractor shall either (1) require its insurer to provide thirty (30) days prior written notice to the City before coverage is suspended, voided, or canceled; or (2) notify City in writing that such notice is not available and forward any notice of such actions to the City within two (2) business days from date of receipt by Contractor. Contractor understands, acknowledges and agrees that this provision is in full force and effect even if the City does not receive a notice of cancellation endorsement from the insurer.
5-4.2.5 All Policies - Other Provisions. The following provisions shall apply to all insurance policies required under this Contract, including any optional insurance coverages outlined in this Section 5-4 and specified in the Special Provisions, and failure to comply shall be considered to be a breach of this Contract by Contractor:
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-28
A. Claims Made Policies. The following provisions shall apply to all policies that provide coverage on a claims made basis: (A) the retroactive date must be shown and must be before the date on which any Work or Services under this Contract commence; (B) the insurance must be maintained and evidence of insurance provided for at least five (5) years after completion of the Project; and (C) if coverage is cancelled or not renewed and is not replaced with another claims-made policy with a retroactive date prior to the date on which any Work or Services under this Contract commence, Contractor must purchase “extended reporting” coverage for a minimum of five (5) years after completion of Project.
B. Broader Coverage. If the Contractor maintains broader coverage and/or higher limits than the minimums shown above, the City is entitled to the broader coverage and/or higher limits maintained by the Contractor. Thus, any available insurance proceeds in excess of the specified minimum limits of insurance and coverage shall be available to the City. Further, the limits set forth herein shall not be construed to relieve the Contractor from liability in excess of such coverage, nor shall it limit the City from taking such other actions available to the City under other provisions of the Contract Documents or law.
C. Deductibles and Self-Insurance Retentions. Any deductibles or self-insured retentions must be declared to and approved by the City. The City may require the Contractor to provide proof of ability to pay losses and related investigations, claims administration and defense expenses within the deductible or self-insured retention. The deductible or self-insured retention may be satisfied by either the named insured or the City.
D. Acceptability of Insurers. Unless under the circumstances a different rating is otherwise acceptable to the City in its sole and absolute discretion, insurance is to be placed with insurers which are satisfactory to the City and which meet either of the following criteria : (1) an insurer with a current A.M. Best’s rating no less than A-:VII and licensed as an admitted insurance carrier in California; or (2) an insurer with a current A.M. Best’s rating no less than A-:X and authorized to issue the required policies in California.
E. Verification of Coverage. Contractor shall furnish City with original certificates of insurance as well as amendatory endorsements or copies of the applicable policy language effecting coverage required by this Contract. All documents must be received and approved by the City before any Work commences; provided, however, that failure to obtain he required documents prior to commencement of Work shall not waive Contractor’s obligation to provide them. The City reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies, at any time.
F. Failure to Procure Insurance. Contractor’s failure to procure or maintain required insurance shall constitute a material breach of contract under which the City may immediately terminate the Contract or, at its discretion, procure or renew such insurance to protect the City’s interests and pay any and all premium in connection herewith, and recover all monies paid from Contractor, or deduct all monies so paid from payments due Contractor.
G. Subcontractors. Contractor shall make certain that any and all subcontractors shall comply with each and every insurance provision of this Section 5-4. Contractor shall, therefore, not allow any subcontractor to commence work on any subcontract or to perform any part of the Work until it has provided evidence satisfactory to the City that the subcontractor has secured all insurance required under this Contract. If any subcontractor’s coverage does not comply with the foregoing provisions, Contractor shall indemnify and hold the City harmless from any damage, DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-29
loss, cost, or expense, including attorney fees, incurred by the City as a result thereof.
H. Reporting of Claims. Contractor shall report to the City, in addition to Contractor’s insurer, any and all insurance claims submitted by Contractor in connection with the Work under this Contract.
I. Special Risk or Circumstances. The City reserves the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to modify the requirements of this Section, including limits, based on any of the following: (A) the nature of the risk of the Work; (B) the prior experience of the Contractor; (C) the rating or other qualification of the insurer; (D) any special or unique coverage issues; and (E) any other special or unique circumstances.
J. Cost of Insurance; Cost of Defense; Indemnification. The cost of all insurance required under this Contract shall be included in the Total Bid Price and neither Contractor nor any of its subcontractors shall be entitled to additional compensation or a change order in order to comply with the insurance requirements of this Contract. In addition, the cost of defense of any claim or other action related to an insurance policy required under this Contract shall not erode or take away from the limits of liability provided by such insurance policy. The insurance provisions provided for or referenced in this Contract shall not be construed to limit the indemnification obligations of Contractor or its subcontractors.
5-4.3 Optional Insurance – Specified in Special Provisions. 5-4.3.2 Contractors Pollution Liability Insurance.
Contractor’s Pollution Liability Insurance applicable to the Work being performed shall be provided, if specified in the Special Provisions, and unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions shall have limits no less than $1,000,000 per occurrence or claim and $2,000,000 aggregate per policy period of one (1) year. If the Work involves lead-based paint or asbestos identification/remediation, the Contractors Pollution Liability Insurance shall not contain leadbased paint or asbestos exclusions. If the Work involves mold identification/remediation, the Contractors Pollution Liability Insurance shall not contain a mold exclusion and the definition of “Pollution” shall include microbial matter, including mold.
Such insurance shall also comply with the provisions of Sections 5-4.1, 5-4.2.4 and 5-4.2.5. 5-6 PATENT FEES OR ROYALTIES.
Replace the subsection in its entirety with the following:
The Contractor shall absorb in its Bid all costs arising from the use of patented materials, equipment, devices, or processes used in or incorporated in the Work and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the City and its duly authorized representatives, from all suits of law, or actions of every nature for or on account of the use of any patented materials, equipment, devices or processes.
5-7 SAFETY.
5-7.1 Work Site Safety.
5-7.1.1General.
Add the following:
Should the Engineer point out the inadequacy of warning devices or should the Engineer DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-30
approve the location of warning devices, such action shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for public safety, nor abrogate the Contractor’s obligation to furnish and pay for these devices. Should it be determined, during hours other than work hours and the Contractor is unavailable, that the warning devices are inadequate, the City may furnish and erect such additional devices as may be necessary.
Insert the following subsection:
5-7.1.3 Employee Safety.
The Contractor shall maintain emergency first aid treatment for his employees which complies with the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (29 U.S.C. § 651 et seq.), and California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Industrial Relations Division 1, Department of Industrial Relations, Chapter 4. Prepare and submit an Injury and Illness Prevention Program per Cal/OSHA requirements.
Contractor and sub-contractor personnel shall wear personal protective equipment at all times while on the job site, including hard hat, eye protection, orange or yellow safety vest, and closed steel toe boots. Contractor and sub-contractor personnel shall also comply with State of California, Riverside County Public Health, and City of Corona orders and recommended guidelines regarding COVID-19 consisting of, at a minimum, maintaining more than six feet of physical separation from others and use of face coverings. Violators of the PPE requirement are subject to removal from the job site for a duration at the discretion of the Engineer. 5-7.2 Safety Orders.
5-7.2.1 General.
Add the following after the second paragraph:
Unusual conditions may arise on the work which will require that immediate and unusual provisions be made to protect the public from danger or loss or damage to life and property, due directly or indirectly to the prosecution of the Work, and it is part of the service required of the Contractor to make such provisions and to furnish such protection.
The Contractor shall use such foresight and shall take such steps and precautions as the operations make necessary to protect the public from danger or damage, or loss of life or property, which would result from the interruption or contamination of public water supply, irrigation, or other public service or from the failure of partly completed work.
During construction, the contractor shall ensure that staging areas, welding areas, or areas slated for construction using spark-producing equipment shall be cleared of combustible vegetation or other materials that could serve as fire fuel. The contractor shall keep these areas clear of combustible materials to maintain a firebreak. Any construction equipment that normally includes a spark arrester shall be in good working order. This includes but is not limited to vehicles, heavy equipment, and chainsaws.
Work crews shall be required to have sufficient fire suppression equipment readily available to ensure that any fire resulting from construction activities is immediately extinguished. Off-road equipment using internal combustion engines shall be equipped with spark arrestors.
Whenever, in the opinion of the Engineer, an emergency exists against which the Contractor has not taken sufficient precaution for the safety of the public or the protection of utilities or of adjacent structures or property which may be injured by process of construction on account of such neglect; and whenever, in the opinion of the Engineer, immediate action shall be considered necessary in order to protect public or private personnel or property interests, or prevent likely loss of human life or damage on account of the operations under the contract, then and in that event the City may provide suitable protection to said interest by causing such work to be done DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-31
and material to be furnished as, in the opinion of the Engineer, may seem reasonable and necessary.
The cost and expense of said labor and material together with the cost and expense of such repairs as may be deemed necessary shall be borne by the Contractor, and if not paid upon presentation of bills therefor, duly certified by the Engineer, then said cost and expense will be paid by the City and shall thereafter be deducted from any amounts due, or which may become due said Contractor. Failure of the City, however, to take such precautionary measure shall not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for public safety.
The foregoing provisions are in addition to and not in limitation of any other rights or remedies available to the City.
5-7.2.2 Shoring Plan.
Substitute the first sentence with the following:
Before excavating any trench 5 feet or more in depth, the Contractor shall submit in accordance with 3-8, a detailed Working Drawing (shoring plan) showing the design of the shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions used for the workers’ protection. 5-7.4 Hazardous Substances.
Substitute the first two paragraphs with the following:
The Contractor shall evaluate all substances, used in the materials or equipment furnished, in accordance with the requirements of General Industry Safety Order 5194 of Title 8 of the California Administrative Code and Division 5, Chapter 2.5 of the California Labor Code. The Contractor shall furnish a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for each hazardous substance and for each hazardous mixture of substances used. The MSDS's shall be furnished to the Engineer on, or prior to, the date of the first delivery of the materials or equipment. 5-7.8 Steel Plate Covers.
5-7.8.1 – General.
Add the following after the first sentence:
Refer to City of Corona Standard Plan No.151.
Add the following subsections:
5-8 RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE.
In addition to the provisions of 5-4 of the Standard Specifications as between the Owner and the Contractor, the Contractor shall take and assume all responsibility for the Work as stated herein and/or shown on the Plans.
The Contractor shall bear all losses and damages directly or indirectly resulting to him, to the Owner, the Engineer, their officers, employees, and agents, or to others on account of the performance or character of the work, unforeseen difficulties, accidents or any other causes whatsoever.
The Contractor shall assume the defense of and indemnify and save harmless the Owner, the Engineer, their officers, employees, and agents respectively from all claims, loss, damage, injury and liability of every kind, nature, and description, directly or indirectly arising from the performance of the Contract or work, regardless of responsibility for negligence; and from any and all claims, loss, damage, injury, and liability, howsoever the same may be caused, resulting directly or indirectly from the nature of the work covered by the Contract, regardless of responsibility for negligence.
The Owner does not and shall not; waive any rights against the Contractor which it may have DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-32
be reason of the aforesaid hold harmless agreements, because of the acceptance by the Owner or deposit with the Owner by Contractor, of any insurance policies required herein or as described in 5-4. The aforesaid hold harmless agreement by Contractor shall apply to all damages and claims for damages of every kind suffered or alleged to have been suffered by reason of any of the aforesaid operations of Contractor, or any Subcontractor, regardless of whether or not such insurance policies are determined to be applicable to any of such damages or claims for damages.
No act by the Owner, Engineer or their representatives in processing or accepting any plans, in releasing any bond, in inspecting or accepting any work, or of any other nature, shall in any respect relieve the Contractor or anyone else, from any legal responsibility, obligation or liability he might otherwise have.
5-9 INDEMNIFICATION.
Contractor shall defend (with counsel of City’s choosing), indemnify and hold the City, its officials, officers, agents, employees, and representatives free and harmless from any and all claims, demands, causes of action, costs, expenses, liabilities, losses, damages or injuries, in law or equity, regardless of whether the allegations are false, fraudulent, or groundless, to property or persons, including wrongful death, to the extent arising out of or incident to any acts, omissions or willful misconduct of Contractor, its officials, officers, employees, agents, consultants and contractors arising out of or in connection with the performance of the Work or this Contract, including claims made by Subcontractors for nonpayment, including without limitation the payment of all consequential damages and attorneys’ fees and other related costs and expenses.
Contractor shall defend, at Contractor’s own cost, expense and risk, with counsel of City’s choosing, any and all such aforesaid suits, actions or other legal proceedings of every kind that may be brought or instituted against City, its officials, officers, agents, employees and representatives. To the extent of its liability, Contractor shall pay and satisfy any judgment, award or decree that may be rendered against City, its officials, officers, employees, agents, employees and representatives, in any such suit, action or other legal proceeding. Contractor shall reimburse City, its officials, officers, agents, employees and representatives for any and all legal expenses and costs incurred by each of them in connection therewith or in enforcing the indemnity herein provided. The only limitations on this provision shall be those imposed by Civil Code Section 2782.
5-10 POLICE DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS.
The Contractor shall make arrangements with the City Police Department Traffic Division, for reserving space for parking equipment and stockpiling materials on the Project.
In order that the Project and peak traffic and pedestrian flows be coordinated to the best interests of all concerned, the following job site occupation hours shall be observed unless written permission is obtained from the Owner.
Work performed outside of the normal working hours stipulated in 6-1.1, and not due to the express order of the Owner, shall be subject to review of the Owner. Any such activity causing complaint by property owners in the Project vicinity shall be subject to “warning” and “fine”. No more than 2 warnings will be issued without a fine and any further occurrence beyond 2 warnings will be subject to a fine of $500 for each such subsequent occurrence, said fine or fines to be deducted from the Contractor’s subsequent monthly progress payment.
The Contractor shall comply with all rules and regulations set forth by the Traffic Division of Police Department for maintaining adequate traffic control and pedestrian passage and to maintain stockpiles, material and equipment in a safe manner. 5-11 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBERS.
The Contractor shall provide the Engineer an emergency contact name and telephone number DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-33
prior to the start of the Work that may be used to contact the Contractor in the event of an emergency for the duration of the Contract. Contractor shall also keep a list of emergency telephone numbers on the job site. In the case that more than 10 employees are on the job site at any time, said list shall be posted on a bulletin board, to be supplied and installed on the job site by the Contractor in a location visible and accessible to all employees.
The following emergency telephone numbers are listed for the convenience of the Contractor to assist in complying with these requirements:
Fire Department (Dispatch) ...........................................................(951) 736-2220 Fire Department (Emergency) ............................................911 or (951) 736-2220 Police Department (Emergency).........................................911 or (951) 736-2394 AMR/American Medical Response Ambulance Service.................(951) 735-6666 Corona Community Hospital..........................................................(951) 737-4343 812 S. Washburn Avenue, Corona
Southern California Edison............................................................(909) 930-8435 Southern California Gas (Distribution) ...........................................(800) 624-2497 Questar c/o Paragon Partners, Ltd. ...............................................(714) 379-3376 5-12 DOCUMENT RETENTION & EXAMINATION.
In accordance with Government Code Section 8546.7, records of both the City and the Contractor shall be subject to examination and audit by the State Auditor General for a period of 3 years after final payment. Contractor shall make available to the City any of the Contractor’s other documents related to the Project immediately upon request of the City.
In addition to the State Auditor rights above, the City shall have the right to examine and audit all books, estimates, records, contracts, documents, bid documents, subcontracts, and other data of the Contractor (including computations and projections) related to negotiating, pricing, or performing the modification in order to evaluate the accuracy and completeness of the cost or pricing data at no additional cost to the City, for a period of 4 years after final payment. 5-13 STATE LICENSE BOARD NOTICE.
Contractors are required by law to be licensed and regulated by the Contractors’ State License Board which has jurisdiction to investigate complaints against contractors if a complaint regarding a patent act or omission is filed within four (4) years of the date of the alleged violation. A complaint regarding a latent act or omission pertaining to structural defects must be filed within 10 years of the date of the alleged violation. Any questions concerning a contractor may be referred to the Registrar, Contractors’ State License Board, P.O. Box 26000, Sacramento, California 95826.
SECTION 6 – PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK
6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK. 6-1.1 Construction Schedule.
Replace the second paragraph with the following:
For projects of 45 Working Days or more, the Contractor shall submit at monthly intervals a written report of the actual construction progress and an accurate update of the Construction Schedule. The Contractor shall submit 2 paper copies of the updated construction schedule to the Engineer on the first Working Day of each month. The City will retain an amount equal to 5% of the estimated value of the work performed during the first estimate period in which the Contractor fails to submit an updated schedule. Thereafter, on subsequent successive estimate periods the percentage the City will retain will be increased at the rate of 5% per estimate period DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-34
in which acceptable progress schedules have not been submitted to the Engineer. Retentions for failure to submit acceptable progress schedules shall be additional to all other retentions provided for in the Contract. All retention for failure to submit acceptable progress schedules will be released for payment on the next monthly estimate for partial payment following the date that acceptable progress schedules are submitted to the Engineer.
The Engineer will schedule and conduct a Preconstruction Scheduling Conference with the Contractor within 7 Days prior to the Notice of Award. At this meeting, the requirements of this section of the Specifications will be reviewed with the Contractor. The Contractor shall be prepared to discuss its schedule methodology, proposed sequence of operations and construction schedule. The Engineer will review and comment on the schedule within 7 Days after submission by the Contractor. The Contractor shall make all modifications to the proposed schedule that are requested by the Engineer.
The construction schedule shall conform to the following criteria:
a) Work activities shall be based on the items of work in the Bid and the following criteria:
1) Contract Unit Price items shall be subdivided into those portions to be constructed during each stage or phase of construction.
2) Lump Sum items shall be subdivided into those portions to be constructed during each stage or phase of construction.
3) Work to be performed by Subcontractors shall be identified and shown as work activities.
b) The Time of Completion must be per 6-3. A schedule submitted showing completion earlier or later than the time of completion specified will be rejected. c) Completion of the Work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. The construction schedule shall reflect all work to be performed. Normal hours of any week shall be between the hours of 7:00 AM and 3:30 PM unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. d) Reduction of traveled way width shall be permitted as stipulated in section 601-2 e) If the Contractor elects to perform work where inspection is necessary, in the opinion of the Engineer, at any time on the aforesaid holidays, or at any time on a Saturday or a Sunday, after 3:30 PM or before 7:00 AM of any day Monday through Friday of any week, the Contractor shall obtain pre-approval 48 hours prior to the requested time of work.
Inspectors will be provided after normal working hours by the Owner at the expense of the Contractor. The amount to be charged to the Contractor for such inspectors will be the actual additional cost to the Owner as stipulated in 3-5. f) For public convenience, grinding and paving work is not allowed on July 3rd, the day before Thanksgiving, and the period from December 18, 2023, to January 2, 2023. g) For public convenience, adjacent streets are not to be slurry sealed or overlayed on the same day, and streets of significant length are to be divided into sections and slurry sealed on different days. The Contractor shall allow residents to be able to park within 500 feet of their property when possible. Construction operations will not be permitted on the weekly trash pickup days.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-35
h) Contractor shall install striping and markings within 48 hours of paving and 15 Working Days of slurry work.
i) Contractor shall adjust manholes, water valves, and survey monuments within 10 Working Days of paving as stated in Sections 309 and 403.
j) The schedule shall indicate the beginning and completion dates of all phases of construction; critical path for all critical, sequential time related activities; and “float time” for all “slack” or “gaps” in the non-critical activities. The contractor shall also include in the schedule an item that provides for sufficient time for the inspector to identify items of work to be removed and replaced.
k) Commencing with mobilization, prepare and submit weekly a “Two-Week Look Ahead” schedule describing work efforts and locations planned for construction activity during the following two-week period.
l) Provide schedule for grinding and overlay paving operations not less than 7 days prior to commencing paving work. Provide changeable message boards to be placed at locations selected by the City to inform the public of impending road paving work.
No revision to the accepted baseline schedule or the schedule updates shall be made without the prior written approval of the Engineer. If the Contractor desires to make a change to the accepted schedule, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing, stating the reasons for the change as well as the specifics, such as, revisions to activities, logic, durations, etc. The Engineer will provide a response within 5 Working Days.
No separate payment will be made for the preparation and updating of the construction schedule. Payment shall be considered as included in the prices in the Bid for the various items of work.
6-1.2 Commencement of the Work.
Replace the subsection in its entirety with the following:
A Move-in period of as specified per Article 2 of the Contract shall start on the date of issuance of the Notice to Proceed. This period shall be used by the Contractor to perform any necessary exploratory excavations, turn in project submittals or other supporting documentation for approval and procure the necessary material and equipment to complete the Work. The Work shall commence on the last day of the Move-in period or the first Working Day the Contractor actually starts the Work, whichever occurs first. Trenching work may commence after submittal of a complete potholing report covering the entire project work alignment and submittal of preconstruction photos and video. The Work shall be diligently prosecuted to completion within the time provided in the Specifications.
6-3 TIME OF COMPLETION.
6-3.1 General.
Substitute the following for the first sentence:
The Contractor shall complete the Work within the time specified per Article 2 of the Contract. 6-3.2 Contract Time Accounting.
Add the following after the first paragraph:
Avoidable delays in the prosecution or completion of the Work shall include all delays, which in the opinion of the Engineer would have been avoided by the exercise of care, prudence, DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-36
foresight and diligence on the part of the Contractor or his Subcontractors. The following shall be considered avoidable delays within the meaning of the Contract:
a) Delay in the prosecution of parts of the Work which may in themselves be unavoidable but do not necessarily prevent or delay the prosecution of other parts of the Work nor the completion of the whole Work within the time herein specified; b) Reasonable loss of time resulting from the necessity of submitted samples of materials and drawings to the Engineer for approval and from making of tests of materials, measurements and inspections;
c) Reasonable interference of other contractors employed by the City which do not necessarily prevent the completion of the whole Work within the time agreed upon.
Unavoidable delays, which may be considered for an extension of time for completion of the Work, shall include, but not be limited to, acts of God, acts of war, or labor strikes.
The Contractor will be allowed an extension of time in which to complete the Work equal to the sum of all unavoidable delays, as determined above or by the Engineer, plus any adjustment of Contract time due to Change Orders. During such extension of time, neither compensation for extra engineering and inspection nor liquidated damages will be charged to the Contractor.
Applications for an extension of time must be made in writing before the expiration of the time for completion and not more than 15 days after the beginning of any unavoidable delay.
Add the following subsection:
6-3.3 Landscape Maintenance Period.
Where a landscape maintenance period is specified, the portion of the time in such period that follows the completion of all other Work required by the Contractor shall not be Working Days for Contract time accounting.
6-4 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME.
6-4.2 Extensions of Time.
Add the following at the end of the subsection:
Delays to the project caused by labor disputes or strikes involving trades not directly related to the project, or involving trades not affecting the project as a whole shall not warrant an extension of time. Daily charges for time extensions or delays from other causes shall be limited to negotiated amounts, or if no amounts are agreed upon, shall not exceed those charges documented to Owner’s satisfaction for additional labor and material costs associated with the delay, and an amount not exceeding 10% thereof for profit. 6-5 USE OF IMPROVEMENTS DURING CONSTRUCTION.
Add the following subsection:
6-5.1 Use of Improvements, Exceptions.
The provisions of 6-10 shall not apply to projects for the repair, modification, enlargement or improvement of existing improvements that are to remain in use during construction except where a portion of the project which is completely independent from the rest of the Work can be completed and put into use by the Agency.
On public road projects, after satisfactory completion of an isolated section of the Work involving roadway improvements or repairs, when all temporary signs and other temporary Contractor facilities have been removed, if the section is not being used as a detour or is no longer under the Contractor’s control, and the section is opened to public traffic through the end of the Contract period, that section of the Work shall be taken over by the Agency as provided in 6-5.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-37
The Contractor shall indicate to the Engineer in writing when the conditions of this paragraph have been complied with and shall specify the limits of the section involved. Any taking over of the Work by the Agency shall be effective only when formal written notification is issued by the Engineer.
6-6 SUSPENSION OF THE WORK.
6-6.1 General.
Replace the subsection in its entirety with the following:
The Engineer shall have the authority to suspend the Work, wholly or in part, for such period as the Engineer may deem necessary, due to unsuitable weather or to such other conditions as are considered unfavorable for the suitable prosecution of the Work, or for such time as the Engineer may deem necessary due to the failure on the part of the Contractor to carry out orders given or to perform any provisions of the Work. The Contractor shall immediately comply with the written order of the Engineer to suspend the Work wholly or in part and shall not resume the Work until ordered to do so in writing by the Engineer. Such suspension shall be without liability to the Contractor on the part of the City except as otherwise specified in 6-4.3.
In the event a suspension of work is ordered because of failure on the part of the Contractor to carry out orders given or to perform any provisions of the Work, such suspension of work shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to complete the Work within the time limit set forth herein and shall not be considered cause for extension of the time for completion and, further, such suspension of work shall not entitle the Contractor to any additional compensation. 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES.
Substitute 6-9 in its entirety with Article 4, Liquidated Damages, of the Contract.
Add the following subsections:
6-10 DISPUTES AND CLAIMS; PROCEDURE.
Any and all decisions made on appeal pursuant to this section shall be in writing. Any “decision” purportedly made pursuant to this section which is not in writing shall not be binding upon the Agency and should not be relied upon by the Contractor.
Filing or giving the notices required under 2-9, 6-4.4, 6-3.2 and 6-10 is prerequisite to recovery under a Contractor’s claim for additional compensation; nothing in this section shall excuse the Contractor from its duty to file or give the required notices, or from performing other duties required by the Contract Documents.
6-11 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS/TRENCHES.
If the Work entails digging a trench or other excavation 4 feet or more in depth, Contractor shall promptly, and before the following conditions are disturbed, notify the City, in writing, of any hazardous material that the Contractor believes may be hazardous waste; subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those indicated; or unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in the Work of the character provided for in the Contract.
If at any time, the Contractor encounters material that is reasonably believed to be polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) or other toxic wastes and hazardous materials which have not been rendered harmless at the Project site, the Contractor shall immediately stop work at the affected Project site and shall report the condition to the City in writing. The City will contract for any services required to directly remove and/or abate PCBs and other toxic wastes and hazardous materials, if required for the Work and shall not require the Contractor to subcontract for such services. The Work in the affected area shall not thereafter be resumed except by written agreement of the City and Contractor.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-38
6-12 NOISE ORDINANCE.
Per the City of Corona Noise Ordinance No. 2372, construction noise is prohibited between the hours of 8:00 PM and 7:00 AM (Monday through Saturday) and 6:00 PM and 10:00 AM Sundays and City Holidays.
This notification serves as a reminder that construction noise is defined as noise that is disturbing, excessive, or offensive and constitutes a nuisance involving discomfort or annoyance to persons of normal sensitivity residing in the area, which is generated by the use of any tools, machinery or equipment used in connection with construction operations. Examples include but are not limited to: equipment startups, equipment staging in or near the project, truck deliveries to the project, construction traffic, loud talking, etc.
This notice applies to all grading operations and all public improvement construction on private or public property.
SECTION 7 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
7-3 PAYMENT.
7-3.1 General.
Substitute the first and second paragraphs with the following:
Payment for all work bid at a price per unit of measurement will be based upon the actual quantities of work constructed in accordance with the Plans and Specifications and as measured upon completion. The City does not expressly or by implication agree that the actual amount of work or materials of any class will correspond to the estimated quantities given in the Bid proposal.
The prices paid for the various items in the Bid proposal shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the finished product as provided in these Specifications. Compensation in full for items specified as "Lump Sum" in the Bid proposal shall include payment for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the Work. Whenever it is specified that the Contractor is to do work or furnish materials of any class for which no price is fixed in the Bid proposal, it shall be understood that the Contractor is to do such work or furnish such materials without extra charge or allowance or direct payment of any kind. The cost of doing such work or furnishing such materials is to be included in the price Bid for such other items of work, as the Contractor may consider appropriate.
7-3.2 Partial and Final Payment.
Replace the first sentence of the first paragraph with the following:
The Engineer will submit the monthly progress estimate on the 15th day of each month.
Payments will be made within 30 Days after receipt of satisfactory progress estimates.
Replace the third and fourth paragraphs with the following:
The City will retain 5% of the estimated value of the Work done and will monthly pay to the Contractor the balance, after deducting all previous payments and all sums to be kept or retained under the provisions of this Contract. No such progress payment or estimate shall be required to be made when the total number of Working Days is 20 or less, or when in the judgment of the Engineer the Work is not proceeding in accordance with provisions of the Contract, or when the value of the Work amounts to less than $500. No such estimate or payment shall be construed to be an acceptance of any defective work or improper materials.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of the completion of the Work and the Engineer will make an inspection of the Work. The Engineer will not make the final inspection until the Work DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-39
provided for and contemplated by the Contractor has been completed and the final clean up performed. The Contractor may be present at the final inspection. The Contractor will be notified in writing of any defects or deficiencies to be remedied. When notified that corrective work is completed, the Engineer will again inspect the Work and when satisfied that all work has been done in accordance with the Plans and Specifications, the Engineer will recommend to the Public Works Director that the Work be formally accepted.
Pursuant to Chapter 7 of the California Public Contract Code, § 7100, the Contractor shall furnish the City with a release of all claims against the City prior to final payment. The forms provided in these Specifications titled Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens and Subcontractor's Final Waiver of Lien, must be completed and returned to the Engineer prior to final Acceptance by the City. 7-3.4 Mobilization.
Replace the subsection in its entirety with the following:
The Contract lump sum price paid for “Mobilization and Demobilization” shall be deemed to include the cost of work in advance of construction operations and not directly attributable to any specific Bid item. This includes but is not limited to the procurement of payment and performance bonds, permits, all operations necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidentals to the worksite; mobilizing, re-mobilizing and de-mobilizing as is required to comply with the phasing of the Work; and all other work or operations that must be performed or are incidental to beginning work on the various Contract items. When no such Bid item is provided, payment for such costs will be considered to be included in the other items of work. Bid amount exceeding 5% of subtotal Bid will be paid over the term of Contract. 7-3.5 Contract Unit Prices.
7-3.5.1General.
Replace the subsection in its entirety with the following:
In the event of an increase or decrease in a bid item quantity of a unit price contract, the total amount of work actually done or materials or equipment furnished shall be paid for according to the unit price established for such work under the Contract Documents, wherever such unit price has been established; provided, that an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price may be made for changes which result in an increase or decrease in the quantity of any unit price bid item of the Work in excess of 25 percent.
7-3.5.2 Increases of More Than 25 Percent.
Replace the subsection in its entirety with the following:
On a Contract Unit Price, should the total quantity of any item of work required under the Contract exceed the Engineer’s Estimate therefor by more than 25 percent, the Work in excess of 125 percent of such estimate and not covered by an executed Contract Change Order specifying the compensation to be paid therefor will be paid for by adjusting the Contract Unit Price, as hereinafter provided, or at the option of the Owner, payment for the Work involved in such excess will be made as provided in 3-3.2, as amended in these Special Provisions.
Such adjustment of the Contract Unit Price will be the difference between the Contract Unit Price and the actual unit cost, which will be determined as hereinafter provided, of the total pay quantity of the item. If the costs applicable to such item of work include fixed costs, such fixed costs shall be deemed to have been recovered by the Contractor by the payments made for 125 percent of the Engineer’s Estimate of the quantity for such item, and in computing the actual unit costs, such fixed costs will be excluded. Subject to the above provisions, such actual unit cost will be determined by the Engineer in the same manner as if the work were to be paid for as Extra Work as provided in 3-3.2, as amended in these Special Provisions, or such adjustment as will DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-40
be agreed to by the Contractor and the Owner.
When the compensation payable for the number of units of an item of work performed in excess of 125 percent of the Engineer’s Estimate is less than $5,000 at the applicable Contract Unit Price, the Engineer reserves the right to make no adjustment in said price if the Engineer so elects, except that an adjustment will be made if requested in writing by the Contractor. 7-3.5.3 Decreases of More Than 25 Percent.
Replace the subsection in its entirety with the following:
On a Contract Unit Price, should the total pay quantity of any item of work required under the Contract be less than 75 percent of the Engineer’s Estimate therefor, an adjustment in compensation pursuant to this Section will not be made unless the Contractor so requests in writing. If the Contractor so requests, the quantity of said item performed, unless covered by an executed Contract Change Order specifying the compensation payable therefor, will be paid for by adjusting the Contract Unit Price as hereinafter provided, or at the option of the Engineer, payment for the quantity of the work of such item performed will be made as if the work were to be paid for as Extra Work as provided in 3-3.2, as amended in these Special Provisions, or such adjustment as will be as agreed to by the Contractor and the Owner; provided, however, that in no case shall the payment for such work be less than that which would be made at the Contract Unit Price.
Such adjustment of the Contract Unit Price will be the difference between the Contract Unit Price and the actual unit cost, which will be determined as hereinafter provided, of the total pay quantity of the item, including fixed costs. Such actual unit cost will be determined by the Engineer in the same manner as if the work were to be paid for as Extra Work as provided in 3-3.2, as amended in these Special Provisions, or such adjustment as will be as agreed to by the Contractor and the Owner.
The payment for the total pay quantity of such item of work will in no case exceed the payment which would be made for the performance of 75 percent of the Engineer’s Estimate of the quantity for such item at the original Contract Unit Price.
No adjustment of the Contract Unit Price shall be made under this subsection for any item of work designated as “Deletable Item”.
7-3.8 Eliminated Items.
Replace the subsection in its entirety with the following:
On a Contract Unit Price, should any Contract item of the Work be eliminated in its entirety, in the absence of an executed Contract Change Order covering such elimination, payment will be made to the Contractor for actual costs incurred in connection with such eliminated Contract item if incurred prior to the date of notification in writing by the Engineer or such elimination.
If acceptable material is ordered by the Contractor for the eliminated item prior to the date of notification of such elimination by the Engineer, and if orders for such material cannot be canceled, it will be paid for at the actual cost to the Contractor. In such case, the material paid for shall become the property of the Owner and the actual cost of any further handling will be paid for by the Owner. If the material is returnable to the vendor and if the Engineer so directs the Contractor, the material shall be returned and the Contractor will be paid for the actual cost of charges incurred by the vendor for returning the material. The actual cost of handling returned material will be paid for by the Owner.
The actual costs or charges to be paid by the Owner to the Contractor as provided in 3-2 will be computed in the same manner as if the Work were to be paid for as Extra Work as provided in 3-3.2, as amended in these Special Provisions, or such adjustment as will be as agreed to by the DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-41
Contractor and the Owner.
No adjustment of the Contract Unit Price shall be made under this subsection for any item of work designated as “Deletable Item”.
7-4 PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK.
Add the following:
Any Extra Work performed by the Contractor without an approved Contract Change Order from the Engineer shall be at the Contractor's risk and the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment without an approved Change Order. All Extra Work shall be adjusted daily upon report sheets furnished by the Contractor, reviewed by the Engineer and signed by both parties. The daily report shall be considered thereafter as the true record of Extra Work done. New and unforeseen work will be classed as Extra Work only when said work is not covered and cannot be paid for under any of the various items or combination of items for which a bid price appears in the Bid Forms.
7-4.1 General.
Replace the first sentence with the following:
When the cost and time for Extra Work cannot be agreed upon, the City will pay for Extra Work based on the accumulation of costs as provided herein and grant additional time to the Contract duration. Extra Work shall be paid for under a written Change Order, approved by the City, in accordance with the terms therein provided. Generally, payment for Extra Work will be made at the unit price or lump sum previously agreed upon between the Contractor and the City. 7-4.2.3Tools and Equipment Rental.
Replace the second paragraph in its entirety with the following:
Regardless of ownership, the rates to be used in determining equipment rental costs shall not exceed listed rates found in the Caltrans Equipment Rental Rates and Labor Surcharge, effective April 1, 2021, through March 31, 2022, which is available online at:
www.dot.ca.gov/hq/construc/equipmnt.html
7-4.3 Markup.
7-4.3.1 Work by the Contractor.
Replace the entire paragraph with the following:
The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor’s costs and shall constitute the markup for all overhead, insurance, and profits on work performed by the Contractor:
(1) Labor ...........................................................................................20% (2) Materials ......................................................................................15% (3) Equipment Rental .......................................................................15% (4) Other Items and Expenditures .....................................................15% To the sum of the costs and markups provided for this subsection, one percent shall be added as compensation for bonding.
7-4.3.2 Work by a Subcontractor.
Replace the second sentence with the following:
A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the Extra Work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the Extra Work may be added by the Contractor. These markups shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profit, including compensation for bonding to the Contractor on work performed by DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-42
the Subcontractor.
The markups specified in 7-4.3.1 and 7-4.3.2 shall be considered as including, but not limited to, the Contractor’s labor costs for personnel not working directly on the Extra Work, including the cost of administration and any tools or equipment that they may use. Such costs shall not be reported as labor or equipment costs elsewhere except when they are actually used in the performance of the Extra Work. Labor costs shall in that case be reported for the labor classification corresponding to the type and nature of Extra Work performed.
Add the following subsections:
7-6 PAYMENT OF WITHHELD FUNDS.
Upon the Contractor’s request, the Owner will make payment of funds withheld from progress payments pursuant to the requirements of California Public Contract Code Section 10263 and Section 4590 of the California Government Code if the Contractor deposits in escrow with a bank acceptable to the Owner securities eligible for the investment of State funds under Government Code Section 16430 or bank certificates of deposit or other securities specified in Government Code Section 4590, upon the following conditions:
a) The Contractor shall bear all expense in connection with the escrow deposit made. b) Securities or certificates of deposit to be placed in escrow shall be subject to approval of the Owner and unless otherwise permitted by the escrow agreements, shall be of a value of at least 110% of the amounts of retention to be paid to the Contractor pursuant to this Section.
c) The Contractor shall enter into an escrow agreement in accordance with the provisions of Government Code Section 4590, and which is satisfactory to the Owner.
Pursuant to California Public Contract Code Section 22300, the Contractor may request and the Owner will make payment of retentions earned directly to an escrow agent approved by the Owner, all at the expense of the Contractor. At the expense of the Contractor, the Contractor may direct the investment of the payments into securities, and the Contractor shall receive interest on the investments upon the terms provided for in Section 22300. Upon satisfactory completion of the contract and authorization by the Owner, the Contractor shall receive from the escrow agent all securities, interest, and payments received by the escrow agent from the Owner. Not later than 20 days after receipt of the payment, the Contractor shall pay to each Subcontractor the respective amount of interest earned, net of costs attributed to retention withheld from each Subcontractor, on the amount of retention withheld to ensure the performance of the Contractor. 7-7 PAYMENTS WITHHELD AND BACKCHARGES.
In addition to amounts which the City may retain under other provisions of the Contract Documents, the City may withhold from payments due to Contractor as may be necessary to cover:
a) Stop Notice Claims.
b) Defective work not remedied.
c) Failure of Contractor to make proper payments to its Subcontractors or suppliers. d) Completion of the Contract if there exists a reasonable doubt that the Work can be completed for balance then unpaid.
e) Damage to another contractor or third party.
f) Amounts which may be due to the City for claims against Contractor.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-43
g) Failure of Contractor to keep the record (“as-built”) drawings up to date. h) Failure to provide updates on the construction schedule. i) Failure of Contractor to perform proper site clean-up. j) Failure of the Contractor to comply with requirements of the Contract Documents. k) Liquidated damages.
l) Legally permitted penalties.
Upon completion of the Contract, the City will reduce the final Contract amount to reflect costs charged to the Contractor, back charges, or payments withheld pursuant to the Contract Documents.
7-8 RESOLUTION OF CONSTRUCTION CLAIMS.
7-8.1 Normal Resolution Process.
In accordance with Public Contract Code Sections 20104 et seq. and other applicable law, public works claims of $375,000 or less which arise between the Contractor and the City shall be resolved under the following the statutory procedure unless the City has elected to resolve the dispute pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 10240 et seq.
All Claims: All claims shall be submitted in writing and accompanied by substantiating documentation. Claims must be filed on or before the date of final payment unless other notice requirements are provided in the Contract. "Claim" means a separate demand by the claimant for (1) a time extension, (2) payment of money or damages arising from work done by or on behalf of the claimant and payment of which is not otherwise expressly provided for or the claimant is not otherwise entitled, or (3) an amount the payment of which is disputed by the City.
Claims Under $50,000. The City will respond in writing to the claim within 45 days of receipt of the claim, or, the City may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses or claims the City may have.
If additional information is needed thereafter, it shall be provided upon mutual agreement of the City and the claimant. The City's written response will be submitted 15 days after receiving the additional documentation, or within the same period of time taken by the claimant to produce the additional information, whichever is greater.
Claims over $50,000 but less than or equal to $375,000. The City will respond in writing within 60 days of receipt or may request in writing within 30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documents supporting the claim or relating to defenses or claims the City may have against the claimant. If additional information is needed thereafter, it shall be provided pursuant to mutual agreement between the City and the claimant. The City's response will be submitted within 30 days after receipt of the further documents, or within the same period of time taken by the claimant to produce the additional information or documents, whichever is greater. The Contractor shall make these records and documents available at all reasonable times, without any direct charge.
The Contractor shall submit the claim justification in the following format:
a) Summary of claim merit and price, and Contract clause pursuant to which the claim is made.
b) List of documents relating to claim:
1) Specifications
2) Drawings
3) Clarifications (Requests for Information)
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-44
4) Schedules
5) Other
c) Chronology of events and correspondence
d) Analysis of claim merit
e) Analysis of claim cost
f) Analysis of time impact analysis in CPM format
g) Cover letter and certification of validity of the claim If the claimant disputes the City's response, or if the City fails to respond within the statutory time period(s), the claimant may so notify the City within 15 days of the receipt of the response or the failure to respond and demand an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement.
Upon such demand, the City will schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days.
If following the meet and confer conference, the claim or any portion thereof remains in dispute, the claimant may file a claim pursuant to Government Code 900 et seq. and Government Code 910 et seq. For purposes of those provisions, the time within which a claim must be filed shall be tolled from the time the claimant submits the written claim until the time the claim is denied, including any time utilized for the meet and confer conference.
Submission of a claim, properly certified, with all required supporting documentation, and written rejection or denial of all or part of the claim by City, is a condition precedent to any action, proceeding, litigation, suit, general conditions claim, or demand for arbitration by Contractor. 7-8.2 PCC 9204 – Temporary Process (01-01-17 through 01-01-20).
Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary stated in the Contract Documents, all claims, regardless of dollar amount, submitted between January 1, 2017 and January 1, 2020 shall not be governed by Section 7-8.1, but shall be governed by Public Contract Code Section 9204 and this Section 7-8.2.
The following provisions and procedures shall apply:
a) “Claim” shall have the meaning provided for in Public Contract Code Section 9204. b) Contractor shall submit each claim in writing and must include reasonable documentation to support each claim. Contractor shall submit the claim justification in the following format:
1) Summary of claim merit and price, and Contract clause pursuant to which the claim is made.
2) List of documents relating to claim:
a. Specifications
b. Drawings
c. Clarifications (Requests for Information)
d. Schedules
e. Other
3) Chronology of events and correspondence
4) Analysis of claim merit
5) Analysis of claim cost
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-45
6) Analysis of time impact analysis in CPM format
7) Cover letter and certification of validity of the claim c) The City shall respond in writing within 45 days of receipt and shall identify what portions of the claim are disputed and undisputed. The City and Contractor may mutually agree to extend the 45-day response time.
d) If the City fails to respond to a claim or if Contractor disagrees with the City’s response, Contractor may submit a written demand for an informal meet and confer conference with the City to settle the issues in dispute. The demand must be sent via registered or certified mail. Upon receipt, the City shall schedule the conference within 30 days. e) Within 10 business days following the informal meet and confer conference, the City shall submit to Contractor a written statement describing any issues remaining in dispute. The issues remaining in dispute shall be submitted to non-binding mediation. If the City and Contractor mutually agree on a mediator, each party shall pay equal portions of all associated costs. If the City and Contractor cannot agree on a mediator, each party shall select a mediator (paying all costs associated with their selected mediator), and those mediators shall select a qualified neutral third party to mediate the disputed issues. The City and Contractor shall pay equal portions of all associated costs of such third-party mediator.
f) If following the meet and confer conference, the claim or any portion thereof remains in dispute, the claimant may file a claim pursuant to Government Code 900 et seq. and Government Code 910 et seq. For purposes of those provisions, the time within which a claim must be filed shall be tolled from the time the claimant submits the written claim until the time the claim is denied, including any time utilized for the meet and confer conference. g) Submission of a claim, properly certified, with all required supporting documentation, and written rejection or denial of all or part of the claim by City, is a condition precedent to any action, proceeding, litigation, suit, general conditions claim, or demand for arbitration by Contractor.
h) Any undisputed portions of a claim shall be paid within 60 days of the day on which they became undisputed.
i) Unless otherwise agreed by the City and Contractor, any mediation conducted hereunder shall excuse any further obligation under Public Contract Code Section 20104.4 to mediate after litigation has commenced.
j) This Section 7-8.2 shall be automatically extended if legislation is lawfully passed which extends the terms of Public Contract Code Section 9204 beyond January 1, 2020. 7-9 CONTRACT BID ITEMS.
Items listed below are for referencing measurement and payment only. Items or incidental tasks and material necessary to complete the Work not specifically shown in the Bid shall be considered as included in the various bid items paid and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
Bid Schedule A – Waterline
1) Install 12" ductile iron pipe cl 350 with restrained joints. Pipe bedding and trench per city of corona standard drawing no. 406.
2) Install 1" potable water combination air and vacuum release per city of corona standard drawing no. 413.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-46
3) Install 6" potable water fire hydrant blow-off assembly per city of corona standard drawing no. 416.
4) Install or re-route new water service connection per city of corona standard drawing no. 414.
5) Remove existing FH & install 6" potable water fire hydrant blow-off assembly per city of corona standard drawing no. 416.
6) Install 12" resilient wedge gate valve per city of corona std. No. 420 7) Install 12"x12"x12" di tee cl-350 with restrained joints. 8) Install 12"x6" reducer.
9) Install 12" DI 45° bend with restrained joints.
10) Provide trench repair per city of corona STD. 150 & 406. 11) Provide necessary protection as needed during construction per SCE requirements. 12) Remove and replace ex. Vault and bollards as needed for construction 13) Provide roadway repair per county of riverside STD. 818 14) Remove and replace ex. Asphalt dike per county.
15) Install 12”x10” reducer.
16) Traffic control
17) Implementation of bmps
18) Informational project sign
19) Water consumption
20) Mobilization and demobilization
PART 4 – EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS
SECTION 400 – PROTECTION AND RESTORATION
400-1 GENERAL.
Substitute the fourth paragraph with the following:
Trees and shrubbery that are not shown on the Plans to be removed, pole lines, fences, signs, survey markers and monuments, buildings, structures, conduits, pipelines, and other improvements and facilities adjacent to the Work shall be protected from injury or damage and if ordered by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide and install suitable safeguards to protect such objects from injury or damage. If such objects are injured or damaged by reason of the Contractor’s operation, they shall be replaced or restored to a condition as good as when the Contractor entered upon the Work at the Contractor’s expense.
Where the Work is to be constructed in, or adjacent to, areas which have been improved by turf, trees, shrubs, or other vegetation, the Contractor shall remove such trees or plants as necessary for the prosecution of the Work within the public right-of-way or easement. Contractor shall maintain the temporary construction site in a clean, orderly manner until the Work has been satisfactorily completed. Contractor shall restore area to original condition as is reasonably possible. Costs to remove, maintain and restore improvements shall be included in the various items of the Bid.
400-2 PERMANENT SURVEY MARKERS.
Replace the second sentence of the second paragraph with the following:
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-47
The Contractor’s surveyor shall:
a) set survey points outside the affected work area that reference and locate each controlling survey monument that may be disturbed,
b) file a Corner Record or Record of Survey with the County Surveyor after setting the survey points to be used for re-establishment of the disturbed controlling survey monuments, and
c) file a Corner Record or Record of Survey with the County Surveyor after reestablishment of the disturbed controlling survey monuments.
SECTION 402 – UTILITIES
402-1 LOCATION.
Replace the subsection in its entirety with the following:
Known utilities and their respective owners are shown on the Plans or specified in these Special Provisions. Where underground utilities are shown on the Plans, the Contractor shall assume every property will be served by a service connection for each type of utility.
The Contractor shall complete all potholing on the project prior to commencing any trenching operations. Submit a potholing report showing the horizontal location, depth, distance from proposed new utility construction and all potential conflicts identified from utility markings and utility locating efforts.
If no excavation is performed within 30 Days, the Contractor shall fully restore potholes and any damaged surrounding areas to their original condition unless otherwise specified in these Special Provisions or allowed by the Engineer. Contractor shall maintain and repair temporary asphalt repairs as needed until permanent repairs are complete.
Unless specified otherwise as previously potholed, elevations shown on the Plans for existing utilities are based on a search of record information available during design only and are solely for the Contractor's convenience. The Agency does not guarantee the accuracy of the elevations.
Whenever the improvement requires the relocation or replacement of an existing utility under the Contract, this information will be shown on the Plans. Unless this notification is shown on the Plans, the Contractor shall assume that the utility is to remain in place or be relocated or replaced by others.
The Contractor is responsible for the protection of any utilities and for any damage to any such utility during the prosecution of the Work. Any damage to a utility shall be repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the organization owning the facility at no additional cost to the City. The City reserves the right, if so requested by the utility owner, to permit the utility owner to repair such damage, and all expenses of whatever nature arising from such damage shall be borne by the Contractor.
Any difference or conflicts that may arise between the Contractor and such other forces or contractors because of delays or hindrance to each other, shall be adjusted and determined by the Engineer. If the Work of the Contractor is delayed because of any acts or omissions of any other contractor or force, the Contractor shall on that account have no claim for additional compensation or extra cost against the City.
402-2 PROTECTION.
Add the following to the end of the subsection:
All water meters, water valves, fire hydrants, electrical utility vaults, telephone vaults, gas DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 CA\DD\02000.50111\10151776.4 (UPDATED: 01-30)
G-48
utility valves, and other subsurface structures shall be relocated or adjusted to grade by the Contractor. The Contractor shall notify each utility owner a minimum of 2 Working Days before commencing the Work.
If the Contractor, while performing the Contract, discovers utility facilities not identified in the Plans or Specifications, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and utility owner in writing.
During construction of the Work, some of the existing utilities may fall within the prism of trenches. If the existing utility does fall within the Contractor’s trenches, the utility involved shall be supported properly by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the utility owner. The method of support of the utility, precautions to be taken during trench backfill and compaction, etc., shall be per the utility owner’s requirements. The cost to support and protect existing utilities shall be included in the various bid items and no additional compensation shall be allowed. The Contractor shall contact the utility owner should it anticipate such exposure of any of the existing utilities.
AGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBERS
Underground Service Alert ...................................................................... 811 City of Corona Public Works Department..................................951-736-2266 Metropolitan Water District........................................................951-765-2612 Comcast (Cable TV) .................................................................877-447-9606 ..........................................................800-266-2278 Questar c/o Paragon Partners, Ltd ...........................................714-379-3376 Pacific Bell (Engineering)..........................................................714-666-5423 Southern California Edison Company .......................................909-930-8435 ..................................800-611-1911
Southern California Gas Company ...........................................800-624-2497 ..................................... 800-427-2000
AT &T (SBC).............................................................................909-606-0100 ..................................................................... 800-325-1372 Time Warner.............................................................................888-766-2521 ...................................................................... 909-912-3200 NextG Networks, Inc. ...............................................................909-593-9700 ........................................................ 714-572-8849 402-6 COOPERATION.
Add the following to the first paragraph:
The City will initiate action required to draft the appropriate utility company work order that will provide for the various service connections or utility relocations and adjustments as noted on the Plans. Subsequent to issuance of a work order number for a utility involved task, the matter will be transferred to the Contractor and the Contractor shall assume the responsibility for all further coordination with the utility company. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining contact with the utility company representatives and providing necessary effort in scheduling utility work so that delays in overall construction schedule are avoided and utility services are in place for connection upon completion of Contract construction.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-28)
Kenny Nguyen
R
CONSTRUCTION OF
LIBERTY AVE WATERLINE REPLACEMENT PROJECT
PROJECT NO. 2023-05
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
SECTION R - ROADWAY
The following Special Provisions supplement and amend the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 20 Edition (Greenbook). These Special Provisions have been arranged into a format that parallels the Greenbook.
Bidders with pre-bid inquiries regarding the Work covered in this Section should be directed to Purchasing at (951) 279-3620
Prepared By:
Victor Elia_________________
11-2-23___________________
Date
Reviewed:
___________________________
___________________________
Date
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 11/27/2023
(UPDATED: 07-28)
SECTION R – ROADWAY PROVISIONS
Table of Contents
PART 1- GENERAL PROVISIONS………………………………………………………. R-1
SECTION 5 – LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES……………………… R-1 5-7.8 Steel Plate Covers………………………………………………………………………R-1
5-7.8.2 Thickness…………………………………………………………………………………. R-1
5.7.8.3 Installation…………………………………………………………………………………. R-1 5-7.8.4 Payment…………………………………………………………………………………….R-2
PART 2 – CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS.............................................................................R-2 SECTION 201 – CONCRETE, MORTAR, AND RELATED MATERIALS .................. R-2 201-1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE ........................................................... R-2 201-1.1.1 General..................................................................................................................R-2 201-1.4.4 Hand Mixing...........................................................................................................R-2 201-2 REINFORCEMENT FOR CONCRETE ....................................................... R-3 201-2.2 Steel Reinforcement...............................................................................................R-3 201-2.2.1 Reinforcing steel ...................................................................................................R-3 201-4 CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS............................................................ R-3 204-4.1.1 General.................................................................................................................R-3 SECTION 214 - TRAFFIC STRIPING, CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS, AND PAVEMENT MARKERS .................................................................................... R-3 214-4 PAINT FOR STRIPING AND MARKINGS................................................... R-3 214-4.1 General..................................................................................................................R-3 214-6 PAVEMENT MARKERS.............................................................................. R-3 214-6.4 Retroreflective Pavement Markers ........................................................................R-3 214-6.4.1 General.................................................................................................................R-3 214-7 ADHESIVES FOR PAVEMENT MARKERS................................................ R-3 214-7.1 General..................................................................................................................R-3 214-7.2 Epoxy Adhesives...................................................................................................R-3 214-7.2.1 General.................................................................................................................R-3 PART - 3 CONSTRUCTION METHODS..................................................................... R-4 SECTION 300 - EARTHWORK .................................................................................. R-4 300-1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING ..................................................................... R-4 300-1.1 General..................................................................................................................R-4 300-1.4 Payment................................................................................................................R-4 SECTION 301 - SUBGRADE PREPARATION, TREATED MATERIALS, AND PLACEMENT OF BASE MATERIALS ....................................................................... R-4 301-1.6 Adjustment of Manhole Frame and cover Sets to Grade .......................................R-4 DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-28)
301-1.6.1 Protect Existing Manhole from Debris ...................................................................R-4 301-1.6.2 Protect and Clean Water Valve .............................................................................R-5 301-1.7 Payment................................................................................................................R-5 301-2 UNTREATED BASE.................................................................................... R-5 301-2.3 Compacting...........................................................................................................R-5 SECTION 302 - ROADWAY SURFACING................................................................. R-5 302-4 Slurry seal surfacing.................................................................................... R-5 302-4.4 Rubberized Emulsion Aggregate Slurry..................................................................R-5 302-4.4.2 Mixing. ...................................................................................................................R-5 302-4.8.2.1 Application Temperature. .....................................................................................R-5 302-4.10.3 REAS Seal Surfacing. ...........................................................................................R-6 302-4.11.3 REAS Seal Surfacing ............................................................................................R-6 302-5 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT .......................................................... R-6 302-5.4 Tack Coat...............................................................................................................R-6 302-5.5 Distribution and Spreading ....................................................................................R-6 302-6 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT....................................... R-6 302-6.1 General..................................................................................................................R-6 302-15 POLYMER EMULSION - RECLAIMED ASPHALT PAVEMENT
SLURRY SEAL (RAPSS) ........................................................................... R-6 302-15.1 General..................................................................................................................R-6 302-15.2 Materials ................................................................................................................R-7 302-15.2.1 Polymer Modified Asphalt Emulsion (PMAE) ........................................................R-7 302-15.2.2 RAP Aggregate .....................................................................................................R-7 302-15.2.3 Water ....................................................................................................................R-8 302-15.2.4 Additives ...............................................................................................................R-8 302-15.3 Mix Design ............................................................................................................R-8 302-15.4 Mixing and Spreading Equipment..........................................................................R-9 302-15.5 Placing..................................................................................................................R-9 302-15.6 Compacting.........................................................................................................R-11 302-15.7 Public Convenience and Traffic Control ..............................................................R-11 302-15.8 Measurement and Payment ................................................................................R-11 SECTION 303 -- CONCRETE AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION ......................... R-11 303-5 CONCRETE CURBS, WALKS, GUTTERS, CROSS GUTTERS,
ALLEY INTERSECTIONS, ACCESS RAMPS, AND DRIVEWAYS........... R-11 303-5.1.1 General................................................................................................................R-11 303-5.5.3 Walk....................................................................................................................R-12 303-5.5.4 Gutter..................................................................................................................R-12 303-5.5.5 Alley Intersections, Access Ramps, and Driveways ............................................R-12 303-5.9 Measurement and Payment ................................................................................R-12 SECTION 313 – TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL.............................................. R-12 313-1 GENERAL................................................................................................. R-12 313-1.1 General................................................................................................................R-12 313-1.2 Vehicular Traffic ..................................................................................................R-13 313-1.3 Pedestrian Traffic.................................................................................................R-13 313-1.4 Bicycle Traffic. .....................................................................................................R-14 DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-28)
313-1.5 Work in the Vicinity of Railroads. .........................................................................R-14 313-1.6 Safety in Traffic....................................................................................................R-14 313-2 TRAFFIC LANES AND CLEARANCES. ................................................... R-15 313-2.1 General................................................................................................................R-15 313-3 TEMPORARY STRIPING AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS. ....................... R-15 313-3.1 Payment. .............................................................................................................R-15 313-4 FLAGGERS............................................................................................... R-15 313-4.1 General................................................................................................................R-15 313-4.2 Payment. .............................................................................................................R-16 313-5 SIGNS....................................................................................................... R-16 313-5.1 General................................................................................................................R-16 313-5.2 Payment ..............................................................................................................R-16 313-6 COVERING OR REMOVAL OF EXISTING TRAFFIC SIGNS AND SIGNAL FACES. ....................................................................................... R-16 313-6.1 General................................................................................................................R-16 313-6.2 Vehicle Heads. ....................................................................................................R-17 313-6.3 Pedestrian Indications. ........................................................................................R-17 313-6.3.1 Pedestrian Push Button. ......................................................................................R-17 313-6.3.2 Audible Pedestrian Signals..................................................................................R-17 313-6.4 Signs. ..................................................................................................................R-17 313-6.5 Payment. .............................................................................................................R-17 313-7 TRAFFIC SIGN ENHANCEMENT DEVICES............................................ R-17 313-7.1 General................................................................................................................R-17 313-7.2 Flags....................................................................................................................R-17 313-7.3 High Level Warning Device..................................................................................R-17 313-7.4 Warning Lights.....................................................................................................R-18 313-7.5 Portable Changeable Message Signs..................................................................R-18 313-7.6 Flashing Arrow Boards. .......................................................................................R-18 313-7.7 Flashing Arrow Bar. .............................................................................................R-18 313-7.8 Payment. .............................................................................................................R-18 313-8 CHANNELIZING DEVICES....................................................................... R-18 313-8.1 General................................................................................................................R-18 313-8.2 Cones, Tubular Markers and Channelizers..........................................................R-18 313-8.3 Drums..................................................................................................................R-19 313-8.4 Barricades. ..........................................................................................................R-19 313-8.5 Temporary Traffic Barriers. ..................................................................................R-19 313-8.6 Payment. .............................................................................................................R-19 313-9 FLOOD LIGHTING.................................................................................... R-20 313-9.1 General................................................................................................................R-20 313-9.2 Payment. .............................................................................................................R-20 SECTION 314 – TRAFFIC STRIPING, CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS, AND PAVEMENT MARKERS .................................................................................. R-20 314-1 GENERAL................................................................................................. R-20 314-2 REMOVAL OF TRAFFIC STRIPING AND CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS............................................................................................... R-20 314-2.1 General................................................................................................................R-20 DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-28)
314-2.2 Measurement.......................................................................................................R-21 314-2.3 Payment. .............................................................................................................R-21 314-3 REMOVAL OF PAVEMENT MARKERS. .................................................. R-21 314-3.1 General................................................................................................................R-21 314-3.2 Measurement.......................................................................................................R-21 314-3.3 Payment. .............................................................................................................R-21 314-4 APPLICATION OF TRAFFIC STRIPING AND CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS............................................................................................... R-21 314-4.1 General................................................................................................................R-21 314-4.2 Control of Alignment and Layout..........................................................................R-22 314-4.2.1 General................................................................................................................R-22 314-4.3 Painted Traffic Striping and Curb and Pavement Markings. .................................R-22 314-4.3.4.2 Striping Machines...............................................................................................R-22 314-4.3.5 Application...........................................................................................................R-22 314-4.3.7 Payment. .............................................................................................................R-22 314-4.4 Thermoplastic Traffic Striping. .............................................................................R-22 314-4.4.6 Payment. .............................................................................................................R-22 314-4.6 Protection from Damage......................................................................................R-23 314-5 PAVEMENT MARKERS............................................................................ R-23 314-5.1 General................................................................................................................R-23 314-5.6 Payment. .............................................................................................................R-23 PART 4 -- EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS .................................................................. R-25 SECTION 404 -- COLD MILLING ............................................................................. R-25 404-1 GENERAL................................................................................................. R-25 404-7 Work Site Maintenance .......................................................................................R-25 404-9 Traffic Signal Loop Detectors...............................................................................R-25 SECTION 405 -- MICRO-MILLING .......................................................................... R-25 405-1 General ...............................................................................................................R-26 405-2 Milling Machines...................................................................................................R-26 405-3 Milling Operations ................................................................................................R-26 405-4 Work Site Maintenance ........................................................................................R-27 405-5 Disposal od Millings .............................................................................................R-27 405-6 Measurement.......................................................................................................R-27 405-7 Payment...............................................................................................................R-27 PART 6 -- TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL ....................................................... R-27 SECTION 600 -- ACCESS........................................................................................ R-27 600-1 GENERAL................................................................................................ R-27 600-2 VEHICULAR ACCESS............................................................................. R-27 600-2.1 Informational Project Sign ....................................................................................R-28 DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-28)
600-2.2 Public Notification.................................................................................................R-28 600-3 PEDESTRIAN ACCESS ........................................................................... R-29 SECTION 601 - TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL FOR CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE WORK ZONE ....................................................................... R-29 601-1 GENERAL................................................................................................. R-29 601-2 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN (TCP)
601-2.2 PAYMENT.............................................................................................. R-32 601-4 Notification and No Parking Signs. .....................................................................R-32 600-5 Remove Roadside Signs.....................................................................................R-33 600-6 Roadside Signs...................................................................................................R-34 SECTION 602 – TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES..................................................... R-32 602-1 GENERAL................................................................................................. R-32 602-2 COVERING FOR EXISTING TRAFFIC SIGNS AND SIGNAL FACES. .... R-32 602-2.1 General................................................................................................................R-32 602-2.2 Covers for Vehicular Indications. .........................................................................R-32 602-2.3 Covers for Pedestrian Indications. .......................................................................R-32 602-2.4 Covers for Signs. .................................................................................................R-32 602-3 SIGNS....................................................................................................... R-32 602-3.1 General................................................................................................................R-32 602-4 SIGN ENHANCEMENT DEVICES. ........................................................... R-32 602-4.1 General................................................................................................................R-32 602-4.2 Warning Lights.....................................................................................................R-33 602-4.2.1 General................................................................................................................R-33 602-4.2.2 Standard and Base..............................................................................................R-33 602-4.2.3 Warning Light Assembly. .....................................................................................R-33 602-4.2.4 Visor and Backplate.............................................................................................R-33 602-5 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC STRIPING AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS. ....... R-34 PART 9 -- MODIFIED ASPHALTS, PAVEMENTS, AND PROCESSES .................. R-36 SECTION 900 -- MODIFIED ASPHALTS, PAVEMENTS, AND PROCESSES........ R-36 900-1 TIRE RUBBER MODIFIED SLURRY SEAL.............................................. R-36 900-1.1 General...............................................................................................................R-36 900-1.2 Materials .............................................................................................................R-36 900-1.3 Test Reports and Certification.............................................................................R-37 900-1.4 Composition and Grading.....................................................................................R-37 900-1.5 Mix Design ...........................................................................................................R-38 900-1.6 Mixing ..................................................................................................................R-38 900-1.6.1 General................................................................................................................R-38 900-1.6.2 Continous Flow Mixers.........................................................................................R-38 900-1.7 Application ...........................................................................................................R-38 900-1.8 Spreading.............................................................................................................R-39 DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-28)
900-1.9 Compacting..........................................................................................................R-40 900-1.10 Public Convenience and Traffic Control ...............................................................R-40 900-1.11 Measurement and Payment .................................................................................R-40 900-2 RUBBER POLYMER MODIFIED SLURRY............................................... R-41 900-2.1 General................................................................................................................R-41 900-2.2 Materials ..............................................................................................................R-41 900-2.3 Compositioning and Grading................................................................................R-43 900-2.4 Mix Design ...........................................................................................................R-44 900-2.5 Mixing ..................................................................................................................R-45 900-2.5.1 General................................................................................................................R-45 900-2.6.1 Application ...........................................................................................................R-47 900-2.6.2 General................................................................................................................R-47 900-2.6.2 Spreading.............................................................................................................R-47 900-2.7 Compacting..........................................................................................................R-48 900-2.8 Public Convenience and Traffic Control ...............................................................R-48 900-2.9 Measurement and Payment .................................................................................R-48 DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-1
PART 1 – GENERAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 5 – LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES
5-7.8 STEEL PLATE COVERS.
5-7.8.2 Thickness
Steel plate covers shall conform to Table 206-7.1 (A) and to City of Corona Standard Plan No. 151.
TABLE 206-7.1 (A).0
Trench Width1 Minimum Plate Thickness
10 inches (25 cm) ½ inch (13 mm)
1 foot-11 inches (58 cm) ¾ inch (19 mm)
2 foot-7 inches (80 cm) 7/8 inch (22 mm)
3 foot-5 inches (104 cm) 1 inch (25 mm)
5 foot-3 inches (160 cm) 1 ¼ inch (32 mm)
1. For spans greater than 5 feet - 3 inches (160 cm), a structural design by a Registered Structural or Civil Engineer shall be submitted and approved in accordance with 2-5.3. The steel plate covers shall be designed to withstand an HS20-44 AASHTO Bridge Loading or as specified on the Plans.
Steel plates shall have a surface that is roughened, taped, coated or otherwise modified to provide the non-skid surface shown on the Plans or specified in the Special Provisions. 5-7.8.3 Installation
1. Whenever openings, trenches and excavations cannot be completely backfilled or resurfaced within the workday, they shall be bridged with steel plate covers to permit an unobstructed flow of traffic, bicyclists, and pedestrians. The Contractor shall provide and install the steel plate covers. The steel plate covers shall be approved by the Agency and conform to 5-7.8, the Plans and Be secured against movement using holding devices such as adjustable cleats, angles, bolts, tack welding or other devices.
2. Be installed to operate with a minimum of noise.
3. Extend 1-foot minimum beyond the edges of the trench.
The steel plate covers shall provide complete coverage to prevent any pedestrian, bicyclist or motor vehicle from being endangered due to movement of the steel plate covers causing separations or gaps.
The trench shall be adequately shored to support the steel plate covers, traffic and pedestrians. Temporary paving materials in conformance with 306-13.1 shall be used to feather the edges of the steel plates to minimize wheel impacts and comply with ADA.
Steel plate covers shall be installed using either Method 1 or 2.
Method 1. For posted speeds more than 45 MPH the pavement shall be cold milled to a depth equal to the thickness of the plate and to a width and length equal to the dimensions of the plate.
Method 2. For posted speeds less than 45 MPH the approach to the plate(s) and ending of the plate (in longitudinal placement) shall be attached to the Roadway by a minimum of 2 dowels per- plate drilled into the corners of the plate and drilled 2 inches into the pavement. Subsequent plates may be butted next to each other.
When the steel plates are removed, the dowel holes in the pavement shall be DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-2
backfilled with either graded fines of asphalt concrete mix, concrete slurry or an equivalent. The Contractor has the option of installing the steel plates covers using Method 1 for speeds less than 45 MPH.
When steel plate covers are installed in conformance with Method 2, temporary asphalt paving material conforming to an “E” gradation shall be placed in:
1. Roadways shall be placed with a 4-inch run for each 1-inch thickness of steel plate cover.
2. Bike paths or routes shall be placed with an 8-inch run for each 1-inch thickness of steel plate cover.
3. Pedestrian ways, including cross walks, shall be placed with a 12-inch run for each 1- inch thickness of steel plate to comply with ADA.
Contractor shall be responsible for maintenance of the steel plate covers and asphalt concrete ramps.
Advance traffic warning signs are required when steel plate covers are installed. The signs shall comply with the California MUTCD, be as specified in these Special Provisions or as shown on the TCP.
When steel plate covers are removed, any damaged pavement shall be repaired with either asphalt concrete mix conforming to a “D2” gradation asphaltic cold mix or concrete slurry as specified in these Special Provisions.
5-7.8.4 Payment.
Full compensation for furnishing and installing steel plate covers shall be considered as included in the prices in the Bid for the various items that required the steel plate covers.
Add the entire section as follows:
PART 2 - CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS
All as provided in Part 2 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction except as otherwise provided hereinafter.
SECTION 201 – CONCRETE, MORTAR, AND RELATED MATERIALS
201-1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE
201-1.1.1 General.
Insert the following as the second paragraph:
Contractor shall furnish the Engineer a copy of the mix design to be used and with legible certified weight-master’s certificate for each load of PCC delivered to the work site. Portland Cement concrete delivered to the site having a water content and/or slump greater than that specified in the mix design shall be rejected and removed from the Work site. 201-1.4.4 Hand Mixing.
Insert the following after the first sentence:
Hand mixing concrete shall not be allowed except by prior permission from the Engineer.
Prepackaged unmixed concrete shall not be allowed except by prior permission from the Engineer.
201-2 REINFORCEMENT FOR CONCRETE.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-3
201-2.2 Steel Reinforcement.
201-2.2.1 Reinforcing Steel.
Replace the first sentence in the first paragraph with the following:
Unless otherwise specified, reinforcing steel, except longitudinal steel shall be Grade 60 billet steel conforming to ASTM A615.
201-4 CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS.
201-4.1.1 General.
Replace the first sentence in the fourth paragraph with the following:
Unless otherwise shown on the Plans, Type 2, white pigmented curing compound shall be applied to all finish concrete work immediately after the finishing work has been completed.
SECTION 214 – TRAFFIC STRIPING, CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS, AND
PAVEMENT MARKERS
214-4 PAINT FOR STRIPING AND MARKINGS.
214-4.1 General.
Insert the following after the last paragraph:
All striping and pavement marking shall be thermoplastic ALKYD BINDER unless specified otherwise on the Plans. Paint, when approved in lieu of thermoplastic material, for traffic striping and pavement markings shall be manufactured by Bauer Coatings Chemicals Division or approved equal. Colors shall be white (1039 A9), yellow (1040 A9), or black (11 A9), as required and shall be approved by the Engineer prior to application. 214-6 PAVEMENT MARKERS.
214-6.4 Retroreflective Pavement Markers.
214-6.4.1 General.
Replace the last sentence of the first paragraph with the following:
The exterior surface of the shell shall be smooth and contain 1 or 2 methyl methacrylate prismatic faces of the color shown on the Plans or to match existing. 214-7 ADHESIVES FOR PAVEMENT MARKERS.
214-7.1 General.
Replace the last sentence of the first paragraph with the following:
The type of adhesive to be applied shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 214-7.2 Epoxy Adhesives.
214-7.2.1 General.
Replace the first sentence with the following:
Epoxy adhesive- shall be rapid-set.
Add the entire following Section:
PART 3 – CONSTRUCTION METHODS
All as provided in Part 3 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction except as otherwise provided hereinafter.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-4
SECTION 300 – EARTHWORK
300-1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING.
300-1.1 General.
Insert the following after the second paragraph:
Clearing and Grubbing shall also include but not be limited to:
Removing any existing plant material (including roots), rocks, concrete, boulders, asphalt, and any other trash or debris to a depth of 12 inches below top of curb elevations.
Protection of all existing improvements within the Project area, including all materials, temporary fencing, and labor required to protect existing improvements.
Removal shall be disposed of in a legally acceptable manner outside of right-of-way. All green waste material shall be disposed of at a recycling center. Contractor shall provide weight tickets as evidence of disposal of all green waste.
300-1.4 Payment.
Replace the first sentence with the following:
Payment for “CLEARING AND GRUBBING” shall be at the lump sum Bid price and shall include full compensation for subgrade preparation, material, placement, removal, labor, tools, equipment, and incidental necessary to do the work involved thereof, complete, in place and accepted.
SECTION 301 – SUBGRADE PREPARATION, TREATED MATERIALS, AND
PLACEMENT OF BASE MATERIALS
301-1.6 Adjustment of Manhole Frame and Cover Sets to Grade.
Replace the first three sentences of the first paragraph with the following:
Adjustment of manhole frame and cover including utility vault frame and cover to grade shall be in accordance with Standard Plan 152. Adjustment of water valve slip can and/or sleeve shall be in accordance with Standard Plan 422. Contractor shall be responsible to provide all slip cans and/or sleeves needed to adjust the water valve covers. Existing manholes and utility vaults shall be ramped with minimum 10 feet round with temporary asphalt. Temporary asphalt ramps shall be completely removed prior to asphalt overlay. The area around each manhole or utility vault must be compacted prior to paving.
It is the Contractor’s responsibility to coordinate with other agencies to adjust to grade manhole, valve, and utility vault frame and cover of any facility owned/maintained by each agency.
Prior to beginning of work, Contractor will submit to the Engineer a copy of all correspondences with each utility company.
Add the following subsections:
301-1.6.1 Protect Existing Manhole from Debris.
Contractor shall exercise care so that surface materials such as rocks, dirt, and debris do not enter the pipeline. In order to prevent contamination, Contractor shall be required to provide a ¾- inch thick plywood platform to be placed on the concrete shelf at the bottom of the manhole prior to any cold milling pavement work. The shape of this platform shall conform to the circumference of the inside wall at the shelf elevation. After the manhole has been adjusted, the material accumulated on the plywood shelf along with the plywood shelf shall be removed from the manhole and disposed of in accordance with 401-1. Payment for all preparatory work, material, DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-5
equipment, and labor for installation and removal of the false manhole bottom shall be included in the various items of work involved and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor. 301-1.6.2 Protect and Clean Water Valve.
Contractor shall exercise care so that surface material such as rocks, dirt, and debris do not enter a water valve. Contractor shall uncover water valves at the end of construction for final inspection. Any debris found inside a valve shall be removed by use of vacuum truck. Payment for protecting, inspecting, cleaning water valves, all preparatory work, material, equipment, and labor required to perform the work shall be included in the various items of work involved and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor.
301-1.7 Payment.
Replace the third and fourth paragraph with the following:
Payment for adjusting manhole frame and cover, utility vault frame and cover, and water valve shall be included in the various items of work involved and not additional compensation will be allowed. This shall include the cost of double adjustment to lower the manhole frame and cover, utility frame and cover, or water valve to subgrade elevation and to restore the manhole frame and cover, utility vault frame and cover, or water valve to the final elevation and shall be paid 50% for each adjustment.
301-2 UNTREATED BASE.
301-2.3 Compacting.
Insert the following as the first paragraph.
It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to provide adequate equipment and methods to accomplish the Work in accordance with these provisions. The grading shall be done to the elevations provided in the Plans. Any field conditions that prevent the Contractor from matching design elevations shall be immediately notified to the Engineer.
Replace the first sentence of the third paragraph with the following:
Relative compaction of not less than 95% shall be obtained for a minimum depth of 1.0 foot below the grading plane.
SECTION 302 – ROADWAY SURFACING
302-4 SLURRY SEAL SURFACING.
302-4.4 Rubberized Emulsion Aggregate Slurry (REAS).
302-4.4.2 Mixing.
Replace the subsection with the following:
REAS shall be mixed at a central mixing plant conforming to 203-5.3 302-4.8.2.1 Application Temperature.
Replace the first paragraph with the following:
REAS shall not be applied when the atmospheric temperature is less than 60°F or when the atmospheric temperature at 7 a.m. is 75°F or over, and rising to a forecast high of 100°F. REAS shall only be applied between April 15th and October 15th unless approved by the Engineer. 302-4.10.3 Rubberized Emulsion-Aggregate Slurry Seal Surfacing.
Replace the entire subsection with the following:
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-6
REAS will be measured per square foot [Greenbook stipulates measurement by each ton (Tonne) therefore if Bid per ton, 302-4.10.3 and 302-4.11.3 okay per Greenbook]. 302-4.11.3 Rubberized Emulsion-Aggregate Slurry Seal Surfacing.
Replace the entire subsection with the following
REAS will be paid at the Contract Unit Price per square foot [Greenbook stipulates measurement by each ton (Tonne)]. The Contract Unit Price paid per square foot shall include full compensation for furnishing emulsion, accelerator or retardant, and water for constructing REAS in place. No separate payment will be made for calibration, scheduling, public convenience, or traffic control unless otherwise specified in these Special Provisions. 302-5 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT.
302-5.4 Tack Coat.
Replace the first sentence of the first paragraph with the following:
Tack Coat shall be grade SS-1h emulsified asphalt, where required, and shall be uniformly applied at a rate no less than 0.07 gallons per square yard. Payment for this item shall be included in the unit price for asphalt overlay and no additional compensation will be allowed. 302-5.5 Distribution and Spreading.
Insert the following as item (f) under the seventh paragraph:
(f) Longitudinal joints in the top layer must match lane lines. Alternate the longitudinal joint offsets in the lower layers at least 0.5 foot from each side of the lane line. Other longitudinal joint placement patterns are allowed if authorized by the Engineer. 302-6 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT.
302-6.1 General.
Insert the following after the first sentence:
Formwork shall be approved by the Engineer before placing concrete. The work shall include, but not be limited to the saw cutting, removal and disposal of AC and sub-base, sub-grade preparation, base material, compaction, placement, materials, rebar, all labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to do all of the work as specified on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer.
Insert the following subsection(s):
302-15 POLYMER EMULSION – RECLAIMED ASPHALT PAVEMENT SLURRY SEAL (RAPSS)
302-15.1 General.
Polymer Emulsion – Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement Slurry Seal (RAPSS) shall consist of a stable mixture of polymer modified asphalt emulsion (PMAE), reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP), water and when warranted retarding or accelerating additives proportioned, mixed and uniformly spread over a properly prepared surface or pavement where shown on the Plans, as specified in this Specification, and as directed by the Engineer.
302-15.2 Materials.
The materials for slurry seal immediately prior to mixing shall conform to the following requirements.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-7
302-15.2.1Polymer Modified Asphalt Emulsion (PMAE).
Polymer modified asphalt emulsion shall be a quick-setting Type PMCQS-1h asphalt emulsion. The emulsion shall be homogeneous in color throughout and show no separation after thorough mixing. It shall break and set on the aggregate within 5 minutes and shall be ready for vehicular traffic in 60 minutes. The PMAE shall meet the requirements shown in Table 302-14.2.1 (A).
TABLE 302-14.2.1 (A)
Tests On Emulsion ASTM Test
Method
Typical
Results
Specs.
Min. Max.
Viscosity 77F, SFS D244 22 15 100
Sieve test w% D244 0.01 0.1 Max.
Residue from distillation D244 61.5 57.0 Min.
Particle Charge Test D244 Positive
Tests On Residue From Distillation
Penetration 77F, dmm D5 52 40 90
Ductility 77F, dmm D113 100+ 40 Min.
Solubility in TCE, w% D2042 99+ 97.5 Min.
Torsional Recovery, %, min. CA332 22 18
The polymer shall be ButonalNX1120 manufactured by BASF Corporation.
The polymer shall be added to the water/soap phase by injection prior to the mill manufacture of the asphalt emulsion. The amount of polymer solids shall be 3 percent of the asphalt residual content and shall be certified by the emulsion producer on each load of emulsion delivered to the job site. Samples of polymer may be required and shall conform to the requirements shown in Table 302-14.2.1 (B).
TABLE 302-14.2.1 (B)
Test Requirement
Total Solids, min % 60
Bound Styrene % 24 - 60
pH at 25 Degrees C 4.2 - 5.2
Brookfield Viscosity RVT 1000 - 4000
Residual Monomer % 0.08 max.
302-15.2.2RAP Aggregate.
RAP Aggregate shall consist of sound, durable, milled and/or crushed Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement. The material shall be free from vegetable matter, loop wires, paving fabric, crushed concrete, brick and other deleterious substances. When tested in accordance with ASTM C136 and ASTM C117 the percentage composition by weight of the RAP shall conform to the grading requirements shown in Table 302-14.2.2 (A).
TABLE 302-14.2.2 (A)
Sieve Size Percent Passing1 Percent Passing2
3/8" (9.5 mm) 100 100
No. 4 (4.75mm) 95-100 95-100
No. 8 (2.36 mm) 65-85 70-79
No. 16 (1.18 mm) 35-60 50-75
No. 30 (600 um) 18-38 35-55
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-8
Sieve Size Percent Passing1 Percent Passing2
No. 50 (330 um) 8-25 22-40
No. 100 (150 um) 5-20 13-38
No. 200 (75 um) 2-12 10-20
Residual Asphalt Content 6.5%3 Min.
(based on dry weight of aggregate)
1. On unextracted RAA.
2. On extracted RAA.
3. To be determined by Ignition
The RAP shall conform to the quality requirements shown in Table 302-14.2.2 (B).
TABLE 302-14.2.2 (B)
Test Test Method Requirement
Sand Equivalent ASTM D2419 60 Min.
Durability Index 55 Min.
Soundness ASTM C88 15% Max. Using NA2SO4. *
Abrasion Resistance ASTM C131 35% Max. After 500 Revolutions. * * On RAP Source Retained on Number 4 Sieve.
302-15.2.3Water.
Water shall be potable, free of harmful soluble salts and shall be of such quality that the asphalt will not separate from the emulsion before the slurry seal is in place. 302-15.2.4Additives.
Additives may be used, as approved by the Engineer to accelerate or retard the break-set of the slurry seal or to improve the resulting surface.
302-15.3 Mix Design.
At least 7 working days before slurry seal placement commences, a certified job mix design shall be submitted by the Contractor for approval by the Engineer that conforms to the specification limits, and that is suitable for the traffic, climate conditions, curing conditions and final use. The report shall clearly show the proportions of Recycled Asphalt Aggregate, water (min. and max.), additive(s) (usage) and asphalt emulsion based on the dry weight of the Recycled Asphalt Aggregate. A laboratory capable of performing the applicable International Slurry Seal Association (ISSA) tests shall perform the tests and mix design. All components used in the mix design shall be representative of the materials proposed by the Contractor to be used on the project. The proposed slurry seal mixture shall conform to the requirements specified when tested in accordance with the tests shown in Table 302-14.3 (A).
TABLE 302-14.3 (A)
Test ISSA Test Method Requirement
Wet Track Abrasion Loss (g/m2) TB100 650 max. (60)
Slurry Seal Consistency (mm) TB106 30 max.
Wet Stripping TB114 Pass (90% min.)
Mix time TB113 Controllable to 180 seconds min.
at the maximum expected air
temperature at the site during
application.
Wet Cohesion Test (kg-mm) TB139 120 at 30 minutes minimum DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-9
The component materials shall be within the limits shown in Table 302-14.3 (B).
TABLE 302-14.3 (B)
Component Amount
Emulsion 10.0% - 14.0%
Residual Asphalt 12.5% min.
Additives As needed.
Water As needed to achieve proper mix consistency.
Water, and retarder if used, shall be added to ensure proper workability and permit uncontrolled traffic on the slurry seal within 1 hour after placement without the occurrence of bleeding, raveling, separation or other distress.
302-15.4 Mixing and Spreading Equipment.
The slurry seal shall be mixed in a self-propelled mixing machine equipped with sufficient storage capacity for the recycled asphalt aggregate, polymer modified asphalt emulsion, additives and water. The mixing machine shall be equipped with individual volume or weight controls for automatically proportioning and accurately delivering in proper sequence the material to a continuous flow pug mill for mixing. Each material control device shall be calibrated, properly marked, preset and lockable at the direction of the Engineer. Calibrated flow meters shall be provided to measure both the addition of water and asphalt emulsion to the pug mill. Concrete transit mixer trucks shall not be used.
The slurry mixture shall be uniformly spread by means of a controlled spreader box. The spreader shall be capable of spreading a traffic lane width and shall have strips of flexible rubber belting or similar material on each side of the spreader box and in contact with the pavement to prevent loss of slurry from the box. The box shall have baffles, or other suitable devices, to insure uniform application on super-elevated sections and shoulder slopes. The rear flexible strike-off blade shall make close contact with the pavement and shall be capable of being adjusted to the various crown shapes so as to apply a uniform slurry seal. The spreader box shall be maintained in such a manner as to prevent chatter (wash boarding) or other surface defects that will affect the aesthetic value of the finished slurry seal mat. The mixing machine shall be equipped with a water pressure system and nozzle type spray bars to provide a water spray immediately ahead of the spreader box.
302-15.5 Placing.
Slurry shall be applied only when the atmospheric temperature is at least 50°F (10 °C) and rising. The mixture shall not be applied if high relative humidity prolongs the curing beyond a reasonable time.
The application of slurry shall not commence prior to the start of the workday and shall be sufficiently cured to be open to traffic by the end of the workday, unless authorized by the Engineer. The streets to be sealed shall be closed from the time the application begins until the Engineer determines the mixture has achieved sufficient set to be opened to traffic.
The slurry seal shall be placed at an application rate of 12 to 15 pounds per square yard.
Areas, which cannot be reached by the spreader box, shall be surfaced with hand squeegees to provide complete and uniform coverage. The area to be hand worked shall be lightly dampened prior to mix placement. The same type of finish as applied /the spreader box shall be required.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-10
Prior to the slurry sealing operations, the Contractor shall remove all existing striping, legends and raised pavement markers within the slurry seal limits per 314-2 and 314-3. When removing the raised pavement markers the Contractor shall remove any adhesive left on pavement caused from the removal of raised pavement markers. If any pavement damage (potholes) caused by removing raised pavement markers it shall be filled with a bituminous adhesive approved by the Engineer. Contractor shall install temporary pavement markers once the slurry seal is cured until the roadway surface is ready for permanent raised pavement markers.
Immediately prior to the slurry placement, the Contractor shall sweep the entire surface to be sealed with street sweeping equipment conforming to 7-8.1.
Before slurry seal operations, all manholes covers, flush inlet covers, monument covers and all other utility covers to remain shall be protected by covering the surface with an appropriate paper or plastic sheeting, cut to fit or by other methods approved by the Engineer. All traces of the cover and slurry seal shall be removed by the end of the same workday. All incidental work such as surfacing of driveway aprons and returns shall be done concurrently with the surfacing of the street proper. The joint between the edge of the pavement and the concrete gutter shall be sealed by the slurry seal by overlapping the concrete gutter edge and concrete gutter 1 to 2 inches.
The edges of the limits of the slurry seal application on both sides of the street shall be maintained in a neat and uniform line. The Contractor shall refrain from using diesel fuel, gasoline or solvents of any kind for cleaning tools and equipment in such a manner as to permit spillage of the diesel fuel or solvent on new or existing pavement, curbs and gutters, parkways or other improved areas.
Slurry shall be applied in such a manner that no ridges shall remain. The mixture shall be uniform and homogeneous after spreading on the existing surface and shall not show separation of the emulsion and aggregate after setting.
The Contractor shall prevent slurry from being deposited on other than asphalt concrete surfaces and shall remove slurry from surfaces not designated to be sealed. The method of slurry removal shall be approved by the Engineer.
At the direction of the Engineer, the Contractor shall repair and reseal all areas of the streets which have not been sealed properly or completely. Where the completed slurry is not uniform in color, the street shall be treated to eliminate the color variation. The method of treatment shall be approved by the Engineer.
Adequate means shall be provided to protect the slurry seal from damage from traffic until such time that the mixture has cured sufficiently so that the slurry seal will not adhere to and be picked up by the tires of the vehicles. Basis for rejection of improperly placing slurry seal includes, but is not limited to, striation of surface, solidification of the asphalt, balling or lumping of the aggregates due to quick-set, tracks of unauthorized vehicles, bicycles and pedestrians, or the presence of uncoated aggregate will be cause for rejection of the slurry. 302-15.6 Compacting.
Rolling of the slurry shall commence as soon as the material has set sufficiently to adhere to the roadway without lifting or sticking to the tires. The slurry shall be rolled with a minimum of three passes with a double-axle, multiple pneumatic-tired rollers prior to opening to traffic. Rollers shall be self-propelled or drawn by tracks or tractors having rubber-tired wheels and shall be operated at a minimum tire pressure of 60 psi. Rolling shall continue until the surface is evenly rolled.
302-15.7 Public Convenience and Traffic Control.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-11
Traffic control and scheduling for the spreading and compacting of PERAASS shall conform to 7-10.2.2.1. The Contractor shall notify all affected property owners, residents, businesses and agencies per 7-10.2.2.1.1.
Contractor shall be responsible for adequate barricading of the work area and controlling of traffic in the vicinity of the Work as specified in 7-10.2, or as directed by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall not use sand or rock dust on the fresh slurry seal for vehicle crossings at intersections and at driveways.
302-15.8 Measurement and Payment.
Slurry seal will be measured and paid for by the ton. The quantity of slurry seal to be paid for will be the combined mass of the Recycled Asphalt Aggregate and Polymer Modified Asphalt Emulsion. The mass of the water and additives used in the mixture will not be included in the mass of the slurry seal to be paid for. The contract price paid per ton for slurry seal shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in the furnishing and placing of the slurry seal complete in place, including cleaning the surface and protecting the slurry seal until it has set, all as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Specifications and as directed by the Engineer.
SECTION 303 – CONCRETE AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION
303-5 CONCRETE CURBS, WALKS, GUTTERS, CROSS GUTTERS, ALLEY INTERSECTIONS, ACCESS RAMPS AND DRIVEWAYS.
303-5.1.1 General.
Replace the second paragraph with the following:
PCC curbs and gutters shall be constructed in accordance with Standard Plan 135, 136, 137, and/or 138, in place with the exception that expansion joints shall not be at more than 20-foot intervals and weakened plane joints shall be at 10-foot intervals. PCC curbs and gutters, sidewalks, cross gutters, driveways and access ramp work shall satisfy the following as applicable:
Formwork shall be approved by the Engineer before placing PCC.
Expansion joint material shall be pre-molded asphalt expansion joint filler and shall penetrate and be continuously one piece through the curb and gutter.
Shapes and sizes of PCC curbs and gutters shall be as indicated on the drawings and the concrete shall be placed in such a manner as to prevent distortion of the forms and shall be vibrated as required to ensure an acceptable product.
As soon as the concrete will allow, Contractor shall strip the forms and trowel smooth the curb face and top. Contractor shall tool the edges of expansion joints with an approved ½-inchedging tool.
The completed curb and gutter shall be protected from damage until accepted.
Where any curb and gutter requires repair before acceptance, the repair shall be made by removing and replacing the entire curb and gutter between joints and not by refinishing the damaged portion.
303-5.5.3 Walk.
Insert the following before the first paragraph:
Sidewalks shall be constructed in conformance with the Standard Plan 142.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-12
Exterior walkways and flatwork shall be directly supported on 90% compacted, on-site silty sandy soil. Subgrade soils underlying in slab areas shall be maintained in a moist condition until just prior to the placing of concrete slabs.
The sidewalk surface shall not vary more than 0.02 feet from a 10-foot straightedge except at grade changes. The finished surface shall be free of humps, sags, blemishes, or other irregularities. All sidewalks shall be a minimum of 4 inches thick except at the driveways where the sidewalks shall be a minimum of 6 inches thick for single family residential areas and 8 inches thick for all other areas.
303-5.5.4 Gutter.
Insert the following as the first sentence of the first paragraph:
Cross gutters and spandrels shall be constructed in accordance with the Standard Plan 145.
Prior to acceptance of the valley gutter constructed by the Contractor, a flow test shall be conducted by the Contractor in the presence of the Engineer. Any new work found to be defective shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor in accordance with 303-5.7. 303-5.5.5 Alley Intersections, Access Ramps, and Driveways.
Delete “access ramps” from the first paragraph and add the following as the second paragraph:
Curb ramp shall be constructed per design drawings and shall also conform to Standard Plan 146 or 147. Curb face depressions shall conform to the details of the Plans, ADA and Title 24, these Specifications or whichever is the most stringent or as directed by the Engineer.
Measurement for this item shall be from the beginning of the curb return to the end of curb return. 303-5.9 Measurement and Payment.
Insert the following as the first sentence:
Payment for concrete curb and gutter, retaining curb, sidewalk, driveways, pedestrian access ramps (including detectable warning surface, curbs, and retaining curbs), detectable warning surface installed on existing access ramps, cold milling existing gutter lips shall be at the Contract Unit Price shown on the Bid and shall include full compensation for subgrade preparation, base material, placement, materials, all labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to do all of the work involved thereof, complete in place and accepted.
SECTION 313 – TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL
313-1 GENERAL.
313-1.1 General.
Contractor shall install and maintain all required traffic control devices, provide flaggers throughout the Work area as shown in the WATCH, TCP, or as specified in the plans or these Special Provisions and promptly remove the traffic control devices when they are no longer required. The Work area shall include the Work site and the areas required for advance signing and transitions to and from the traffic control zone. Unless otherwise provided in these Special Provisions, traffic shall be permitted to pass through the Work area in conformance with the WATCH, or TCP. Unless otherwise specified in the WATCH, TCP, or these Special Provisions, the Work shall be performed in half the roadway at one time. One half shall be kept open and unobstructed until the opposite side is ready for use. If one-half a street is being improved, the other half shall be conditioned and maintained as a detour.
Contractor engaged in setting up or removal of traffic control zones shall be properly licensed.
All personnel engaged in setting up or removal of traffic control zones, including flaggers shall be properly trained.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-13
Traffic control activities and milestones shall be shown as activities on the Contractor’s construction schedule in conformance with 6-1.
Whenever the term “hours of darkness” is used in the Specifications, it shall be deemed to mean the hours of darkness as defined in Division 1, Section 280, of the California Vehicle Code.
Contractor shall patrol and monitor the Work site to ensure that all traffic control devices are in place and operating at all times. Any traffic control devices that are displaced or not in an upright position shall be replaced or restored to their original location in an upright position by the Contractor. The Contractor shall ensure that all traffic control devices are repaired, replaced, and cleaned as necessary to preserve their appearance and visibility. Traffic control devices that are damaged from any cause during the progress of the Work shall be repaired, including painting if necessary, or replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense.
Any action on the part of the Engineer in directing the Contractor’s attention to any inadequacy of the required devices and services or any action of the Agency to alleviate the Contractor’s inadequacies shall not relieve the Contractor from its responsibility for public safety or abrogate its obligation to provide and maintain the traffic control devices and services. If the Contractor fails to provide and maintain these devices and services and the Agency is required to alleviate said condition, the total charges of labor, equipment and materials including overhead and transportation, accrued by the Agency for such work will be deducted from any monies due or that may become due to the Contractor.
313-1.2 Vehicular Traffic.
Grading operations, pavement milling, roadway excavation and fill construction shall be conducted by the Contractor in a manner to provide a reasonably satisfactory surface for traffic.
When rough grading is completed, the roadbed surface shall be brought to a smooth, even condition satisfactory for traffic.
Pavement disruptions 1½ inch or greater shall have a beveled edge of 4 horizontal to 1 vertical.
313-1.3 Pedestrian Traffic.
Safe and adequate pedestrian zones and public transportation stops, as well as pedestrian crossings of the Work site at intervals not exceeding 300 feet shall be maintained unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. When sidewalks are closed an alternate walkway shall be provided.
Pedestrians shall not be directed into direct conflict with vehicles operating within the Work site or other traffic. Where it is necessary to divert pedestrians into the parking lane or a street, barricading or temporary barriers conforming to 601-3.6.4 or 601-3.6.5 as specified in these Special Provisions shall be provided to separate the pedestrian walkway from the adjacent traffic lane.
If required by the Work, the Contractor shall close only one crosswalk at a time at intersections having 4 crosswalks. If the Work requires closure of 2 or more crosswalks at an intersection, the Contractor shall obtain approval from the Agency before implementation of the closure. Agency approval shall be obtained before closing any crosswalks at intersections having fewer than four crosswalks. The request for approval to close cross walks shall be submitted to the Engineer per 3-8. Pavement surface disruptions in areas subject to pedestrian traffic of ½-inch or greater shall have a beveled edge of 12 horizontal to 1 vertical in conformance with ADA.
All traffic control devices and zones shall conform to ADA requirements. Walkways in Work sites shall be maintained at least 4 feet in width. Obstructions within walkways shall be illuminated during hours of darkness. Minimum vertical clearance to any obstruction within the walkway shall be 7 feet.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-14
313-1.4 Bicycle Traffic.
When performing Work in any street or sidewalk attention shall be directed to the probability of encountering bicycle traffic. Roadways adjacent to Work sites particularly shoulders, parking or bike lanes, or routes shall be kept free of obstructions or other hazards to bicyclists.
When performing Work on a street with a designated bike lane or route special attention needs to be given to bicyclists. Pavement surface disruptions in marked bike lanes or routes of 1/2 inch or more shall have a beveled edge of 8 horizontal to 1 vertical. In addition signs indicating the condition of the surface of the pavement shall be posted in accordance with the TCP or WATCH.
If the pavement surface disruptions are not beveled and signs posted, the bicycle lane or route shall be closed.
When a bicycle lane or route is closed, signing shall be installed to terminate the bike lane or route and advise motorist and bicyclists that the previously separated bicycle traffic will be in the vehicular traveled way. Barricades used at the terminus or the closure shall be closely spaced to prevent physical passage by bicyclists into the closed bicycle lane or route. Warning tape may be used to close the gap between barricades to keep bicyclists out of the closed bicycle lane or route.
313-1.5 Work in the Vicinity of Railroads.
When a street-rail grade crossing exists within or in the vicinity of the Work site, work area traffic control shall be as shown on the TCP or WATCH and as specified in these Special Provisions. In no case shall lane restrictions, flagging or other operations be performed in a manner that would cause traffic to stop on the railroad tracks. Whenever the Work causes traffic to backup across an active railroad track, a flagger shall be provided. 313-1.6 Safety in Traffic.
Contractor’s attention is directed to the importance of safety when working in proximity to traffic. The Contractor shall take all precautions and establish such traffic control as is necessary to properly provide for the safety of all personnel and equipment on the Work site. Contractor shall comply with all the requirements of OSHA and CAL/OSHA.
Unusual conditions may arise on the Work which will require that immediate and unusual provisions be made to protect the public from danger or loss or damage to life and property, due directly or indirectly to the prosecution of the Work, and it is part of the service required of the Contractor to make such provisions and to furnish such protection.
Contractor shall use such foresight and shall take such steps and precautions as his operations make necessary to protect the public from danger or damage, or loss of life or property, which would result from the interruption or contamination of public water supply, irrigation, or other public service or from the failure of partly completed work.
Whenever, in the opinion of the Engineer, an emergency exists against which the Contractor has not taken sufficient precaution for the safety of the public or the protection of utilities or of adjacent structures or property which may be injured by process of construction on account of such neglect; and whenever, in the opinion of the Engineer, immediate action shall be considered necessary in order to protect public or private personnel or property interests, or prevent likely loss of human life or damage on account of the operations under the Contract, then and in that event the City may provide suitable protection to said interest by causing such work to be done and material to be furnished as, in the opinion of the Engineer, may seem reasonable and necessary.
The cost and expense of said labor and material together with the cost and expense of such repairs as may be deemed necessary shall be borne by the Contractor, and if the Contractor does DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-15
not pay said cost and expense upon presentation of bills therefor, duly certified by the Engineer, then said cost and expense will be paid by the City and shall thereafter be deducted from any amounts due, or which may become due to said Contractor. Failure of the City, however, to take such precautionary measure shall not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for public safety.
The foregoing provisions are in addition to and not in limitation of any other rights or remedies available to the City.
313-2 TRAFFIC LANES AND CLEARANCES.
313-2.1 General.
Traffic lanes and clearances shall be as shown on the TCP, WATCH, or as specified in these Special Provisions. However, the Contractor shall provide and maintain minimum traffic lanes as specified in 214. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, when only one lane is provided in each direction, wider lanes shall be provided to separate opposing traffic and to accommodate turning movements. A minimum 18-foot lane shall be provided if parking is allowed.
Clearances to obstructions shall be as follows:
2 feet from vertical obstructions such as curbs, guardrails or temporary barriers. 10 feet from the edge of the traveled way to fixed objects, (utility poles, streetlights, traffic signals poles, trees, large sign supports, etc.) unprotected by barriers. When the minimum clearance to fixed objects cannot be provided, temporary barriers shall be placed to protect the fixed object. On low-speed local streets, and at the Contractor’s option, temporary AC curb may be used in lieu of temporary barriers.
5 feet from any excavation or drop off of 2 inches or greater to allow placement of temporary barriers to keep traffic out of the Work site and minimize traffic surcharge on the excavation.
When the 5-foot clearance to an excavation or drop off cannot be maintained, temporary barriers shall be placed to separate vehicles and bicycles from the excavation or drop off.
Bicycle Lanes shall have a clear width of not less than 5 feet. Any Bicycle Lane less than 5 feet wide shall be closed. If the Work site is in a Bike Path and requires the Bike Path be closed, a detour Bike Path, Lane or Route, with appropriate signage, shall be provided.
If the Engineer determines that it is necessary to decrease the minimum distances specified herein to allow for the prosecution of the Work, the Contractor shall provide all protective devices required by the Engineer to adequately protect the public and/or its workers. 601-4 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC STRIPING AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS.
Temporary striping/markings shall be as shown per WATCH or on TCP and as specified in these Special Provisions. Removal shall conform to 314-2 and these Special Provisions.
Immediately following the removal of temporary striping and pavement markings, the Contractor shall remove all residue from the pavement surface by power sweeping and thoroughly cleaning the area. Removal and cleaning shall be completed before relocation of new striping is started. 601-4.5 Payment.
Full compensation for the installation and removal of temporary traffic striping and pavement markings, shall be considered as included in the Bid price for “Traffic Control” and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 601-7 flaggers.
601-7.1 General.
The flagger’s sole duties shall consist of directing the movement of public traffic through or around the Work site. Personnel selected to be flaggers shall be trained in the fundamental of DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-16
flagging traffic before they are assigned to that responsibility. Flaggers shall also be properly equipped with an 18-inch x 18-inch Stop/Slow sign paddle. When used at night, the sign paddle shall be retroreflective. Under emergency conditions the flagger may use a flashlight and hand signals to direct traffic.
A W20-1 sign and a symbol sign of a flagger (W20-7a) shall be placed as far ahead of the flagger as practical. For high-speed situations a “Prepare to Stop” (W3-4) sign should also be used. Flaggers shall be located such that approaching traffic will have sufficient distance to stop at the intended stopping point. From sunset to sunrise flagger stations shall be illuminated such that the flagger will be clearly visible to approaching traffic.
Flaggers shall be provided with high visibility clothing. Flaggers shall wear fluorescent orange or fluorescent strong yellow-green colored warning garments such as vests, jackets, or shirts.
Rainwear, when worn, shall be orange, strong yellow-green, or yellow. During hours of darkness, flaggers shall be outfitted with garments of retroreflective material that shall be visible at a minimum distance of 1,000 feet.
Retroreflective material added to the clothing shall have a minimum of one horizontal stripe around the torso. White outer garments with retroreflective material may be worn during the hours of darkness in lieu of colored vest, jackets and/or shirts. 601-7.2 Payment.
The cost of furnishing flaggers, including transporting flaggers to provide for passage of traffic through the Work site shall be considered as included in the lump sum Bid and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor. Payment will be prorated on a monthly basis over the duration of the Contract or until all flagging operations are complete. 601-3.5 SIGNS AND SIGNAGE.
601-3.5.1 General.
Signs shall include all temporary signs required for the direction of traffic through or around the Work site. Signs shall be as shown in the California MUTCD or WATCH. Signs shall be placed as specified in the TCP, WATCH or these Special Provisions.
Temporary “No Parking” and “No Stopping” signs shall be installed and removed as specified in the 601-4.
Whenever the pavement surface has been disrupted by cold milling, temporary trench resurfacing, steel plating, placement of hoses, etc. warning signs describing the pavement surface shall be installed.
Whenever an excavation 2 inches or more deep is made or exists within 2 feet of the traveled way the Contractor shall place “LOW SHOULDER” or “OPEN TRENCH” signs to warn drivers and/or bicyclists of the excavation. In addition, edge-line channelizer delineation shall be placed every 50 feet to 100 feet for the length of the excavation. If required, additional warning signs shall be placed beyond every intersecting street.
601-3.5.2 Payment
The cost of furnishing, installing and maintaining signs specified in this subsection, complete and in place, shall be considered as included in the prices Bid for the various items of Work. 601-6 COVERING OR REMOVAL OF EXISTING TRAFFIC SIGNS AND SIGNAL FACES. 601-6.1 General.
When the TCP or temporary traffic signal modification Plans show or the Special Provisions DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-17
specify the temporary covering of traffic signs or signal indications, they shall be covered with material conforming to 215. No holes shall be drilled in any indications to attach the covers.
Adhesive tape shall not be used to attach covers. Cardboard, wood, plastic sheets, bags or other field fabricated temporary covers shall not be used.
601-6.3.2 Vehicle Heads.
The Contractor shall cover all the non-functioning vehicle heads utilizing signal head covers complying with 215. The entire signal indication or portions of the indications shall be covered.
A minimum of two vehicle heads for each phase shall be in operation while Work is being performed at an intersection except for approved shutdowns. 601-6.3.3 Pedestrian Indications.
Pedestrian indications shall be covered with a cover conforming to 215. If audible pedestrian signals are in place, the audible warning device shall be temporarily disabled for the crossing taken out of service.
601-6.3.3 Pedestrian Push Button.
Pedestrian push buttons message signs shall be removed, reversed and remounted on the pedestrian push button assembly. Pedestrian push button assembly covers may be used instead of reversing and remounting pedestrian push button message signs. 601-6.3.5 Audible Pedestrian Signals.
Audible pedestrian signals shall be disabled by temporarily removing the load switches for the pedestrian indications within the traffic signal controller cabinet. The pedestrian indications shall be covered as specified herein.
601-6.4 Signs.
Sign covers shall be securely fastened to the sign to prevent movement or removal by the wind in conformance to 601-6.
601-6.5 Payment.
Payment for covering existing traffic signs and signal faces shall be considered as included in the prices Bid for the various items of Work.
313-7 TRAFFIC SIGN ENHANCEMENT DEVICES.
313-7.1 General.
Traffic sign enhancement devices consist of flags and “High Level Warning Devices”, warning lights, portable changeable message signs, flashing arrow boards and flashing arrow bars. High level warning devices or arrow boards shall be used at approaches to locations where work is being performed within or immediately adjacent to a traffic lane. 313-7.2 Flags.
Flags shall be placed as shown on the TCP or WATCH. Torn or dirty flags shall be replaced immediately.
313-7.3 High Level Warning Device.
High level warning devices shall provide advance warning of the Work site by being visible to drivers even when the Work site is obstructed from view by vehicles or other equipment. High level warning devices shall be placed as shown on the TCP or WATCH. The Contractor may use sandbags to add weight to the base or legs of high-level warning devices.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-18
313-7.4 Warning Lights.
Warning lights shall only be used outside of the Work area to provide advance warning as specified in these Special Provisions. Warning lights used for advance warning must be clearly distinguishable from the primary delineation and shall be positioned above the normal reflectorized barricades. Warning lights shall be mounted at a minimum height of 3 feet measured from the bottom of the lens to the underlying surface.
The warning lights may be used in either a steady burn or flashing mode at the Contractor’s option. Visors shall not be required during the hours of darkness. Torches and flares shall be used only in patrolled emergency situations.
313-7.5 Portable Changeable Message Signs.
Portable changeable message signs shall be furnished, placed, operated, and maintained at locations shown of the TCP and as specified in these Special Provisions. Portable changeable message signs may be placed in advance of or within the Work area. After initial placement portable changeable message signs shall be moved from location to location as directed by the Engineer.
Portable changeable message signs shall not be used for advertising or as a supplement for temporary traffic control signs and devices.
313-7.6 Flashing Arrow Boards.
Flashing arrow boards shall be furnished, placed, operated and maintained at locations shown on the TCP and as specified in these Special Provisions. Flashing arrow boards shall be mounted to provide a minimum of 6 feet, 10-11/16 inches clearance between the bottom of the sign and the roadway surface. The type of arrow board shall be as specified in the TCP and these Special Provisions.
313-7.7 Flashing Arrow Bar.
Flashing arrow bars shall be mounted on vehicles. Flashing arrow bars shall be used to provide traffic control for lane closures as specified in the TCP and these Special Provisions.
Additional warning devices such as delineators, signs and/or guidance devices may also be specified in these Special Provisions.
313-7.8 Payment.
The cost of furnishing, installing and maintaining traffic sign enhancement devices specified in this subsection, complete and in place, shall be the price Bid for the Contract Unit Price or lump sum bid. If no Bid item is provided, the cost shall be considered as included in the prices Bid for the various items of Work.
313-8 CHANNELIZING DEVICES.
313-8.1 General.
Channelizing devices include, but are not limited to cones, tubular markers (delineators), drums, barricades, temporary barriers. Channelizing devices shall be placed as shown on the Plans, TCP, or WATCH.
On arterial streets, opposing traffic shall be separated by tubular markers, traffic striping or raised pavement markers. When traffic is diverted into a painted median to the left of an existing double yellow centerline or into a left turn lane, tubular markers shall be placed beyond the Work site to return traffic to its normal lanes.
313-8.2 Cones, Tubular Markers and Channelizers.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-19
Cones, tubular markers or channelizers shall be used on short-duration, and short-term stationary temporary traffic control zones as defined in the WATCH. Tubular markers or channelizers shall be used on intermediate-term stationary temporary traffic control zones as defined in the WATCH and when more visibility and stability are required. 313-8.3 Drums.
Drums shall be used in lieu of cones or tubular markers for long-term stationary temporary traffic control zones as defined in WATCH.
313-8.4 Barricades.
Barricades shall be specified by type. Barricades shall be placed as shown on the TCP, WATCH or as specified in these Special Provisions. Barricades shall not be placed in a merging lane of traffic without advance warning. Advance warning shall consist of a high-level warning device, arrow panel and other appropriate delineation specified in these Special Provisions or shown on the TCP or WATCH.
Type 1 and 2 barricades shall be used on local streets and sidewalks. However, Type 1 barricades should not be used where they may be encountered by the visually impaired unless horizontal tie bars are provided not more than 6 inches from the bottom of the barricade. Type 2 barricades shall be used in major, secondary and collector streets. Type III barricades shall be used for closing streets to through traffic and for other major operations where the barricades must remain in place for extended periods. Barricades shall be placed so there is no gap large enough for a vehicle to pass, except where necessary to provide access for local traffic or emergency vehicles.
Ballasting of barricades shall be by means of sand filled bags placed on the lower parts of the barricade frame or stays. Ballasting shall not be placed on top of the barricades or over any retroreflectorized barricade rail face facing traffic.
If barricades are displaced or are not in an upright position, from any cause, the barricades shall immediately be replaced or restored to their original location, in an upright position, by the Contractor.
313-8.5 Temporary Traffic Barriers.
Temporary traffic barriers shall be placed as shown on the TCP, WATCH or as specified in these Special Provisions. End treatment shall be as shown on the TCP or as specified in these Special Provisions. Water filled plastic barriers shall be used within sidewalks and bike paths.
Concrete barriers shall be used within the vehicular way and bike lanes and routes.
Temporary barriers shall be placed on a firm, stable foundation. The foundation shall be paved or graded to provide a uniform bearing throughout the entire length of the barrier.
Abutting ends of adjoining segments shall be placed and maintained in alignment without offset to each other. Segments shall be positioned straight on tangent alignment and on a true arc on curved alignment.
If it is necessary to leave a gap between barrier segments due to equipment or special drainage features, the gap shall be closed at all times when the Work is not actively in progress at the location of the gap.
Water used to fill/ballast water filled plastic barriers shall be disposed of in a sanitary sewer system.
313-8.6 Payment.
The cost of furnishing, installing and maintaining channelizing devices specified in this DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-20
subsection, complete and in place, shall be the price Bid for the Contract Unit Price or lump sum bid. If no Bid item is provided, the cost shall be considered as included in the prices Bid for the various items of Work.
313-9 FLOOD LIGHTING.
313-9.1 General.
When nighttime Work is being performed flood lights shall be used to illuminate the work site, flagger stations, equipment crossings and other hazardous areas. The flood lighting shall provide enough light to illuminate flagger stations, equipment crossings and other hazardous areas so they are visible for a distance of ½ mile. Care shall be exercised to ensure that the flood lights do not shine into the eyes of oncoming traffic.
313-9.2 Payment.
The cost of furnishing, installing and maintaining flood lighting shall be considered as included in the prices Bid for the various items of Work.
SECTION 314 – TRAFFIC STRIPING, CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS, AND
PAVEMENT MARKERS
314-1 GENERAL.
Add the following after the first sentence in the first paragraph:
Striping and pavement markings which are damaged or darkened as a result of construction, including wheel markings by public traffic or equipment, shall be repainted or replaced at the Contractor’s expense.
314-2 REMOVAL OF TRAFFIC STRIPING AND CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS. 314-2.1 General
Replace the first and second paragraphs with the following:
Existing traffic stripes and pavement markings to be removed will be shown on the Plans or designated by the Engineer. Traffic stripes and pavement markings shall be removed to the fullest extent possible from the pavement by wet sandblasting or grinding. Alternative methods of removal require prior approval of the Engineer. These other methods must not materially damage the surface or texture of the pavement or surfacing. Sand or other material deposited on the pavement as a result of removing traffic stripes and markings shall be removed as the Work progresses.
Where blast cleaning is used for the removal of traffic stripes and pavement markings or for removal of objectionable material, and such removal operation is being performed within 10 feet of a lane occupied by public traffic, the residue, including dust shall be removed immediately after contact between the sand and the surface being treated. Such removal shall be by a vacuum attachment operating concurrently with the blast cleaning operation. Accumulations of sand or other material, which might interfere with drainage or might constitute a hazard to traffic, will not be permitted. Obliteration of traffic striping with black paint or light emulsion oil shall be done only with approval of the Engineer. Grinding shall be permitted when shown on Plans or approved by the Engineer. Grinding machines shall utilize new, sharp blades to prevent deep scarification and damage to the pavement. When necessary to protect the street, the Engineer will direct the Contractor to replace the blades at no additional cost to the City.
Where existing double yellow or two-way left turn lane lines are to be repainted, black lines shall be painted per 314-4, “Application of Traffic Striping and Curb and Pavement Markings.” Where DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-21
blast cleaning is used for the removal of traffic stripes and pavement markings or for removal of objectionable material, and such removal operation is being performed within ten (10) feet of a lane occupied by public traffic, the residue, including dust shall be removed immediately after contact between the sand and the surface being treated. Such removal shall be by a vacuum attachment operating concurrently with the blast cleaning operation.
The Contractor will not be required to use a vacuum attachment under the following conditions:
a) When approved by Engineer.
b) When the blasting sand will be confined by mechanical means to small area. c) When a vacuum type sweeper immediately follows the blasting operation or when traffic can be safely routed around the sand until it is swept up. 314-2.2 Measurement.
Replace the subsection in its entirety with the following:
Removal of traffic striping and markings will be measured as a lump sum item. 314-2.3 Payment.
Replace the subsection in its entirety with the following:
Payment for removal of traffic striping and curb markings shall be considered as included in the Contract Lump Sum Price bid for “Remove Traffic Striping and Pavement Markings”, and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor.
314-3 REMOVAL OF PAVEMENT MARKERS.
314-3.1 General.
314-3.2 Measurement.
Replace the subsection in its entirety with the following:
Removal of pavement markers will be measured as a lump sum item. 314-3.3 Payment.
Replace the subsection in its entirety with the following:
Payment for removal of pavement markers shall be considered as included in the Contract Lump Sum Price bid for Remove “Traffic Striping and Pavement Markings”, and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor.
314-4 APPLICATION OF TRAFFIC STRIPING AND CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS.
314-4.1 General.
Add the following after the first sentence in the first paragraph:
Striping and pavement markings, other than those called for on the Plans, which are damaged or darkened as a result of construction, including wheel markings by public traffic or equipment, shall be repainted or replaced by the Contractor at his expense.
Paint shall be installed according to Standard Plan 710, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-22
314-4.2 Control of Alignment and Layout.
314-4.2.1 General.
Replace the first paragraph with the following:
The Contractor shall perform all layout, alignment and spotting for traffic stripes and markings.
No section of street shall be without the proper striping overnight. Cat tracks may be used to delineate traffic lanes overnight, for one night only, until permanent striping is applied. If permanent striping will not be applied within one night, the Contractor shall install temporary reflective pavement markers at 5-foot intervals around curves, intersections and other areas with limited sight distance. Temporary reflective pavement markers shall be spaced at 25-foot intervals when sight distance is 100-feet or greater. The ‘spot’ shall not be more than 3 inches in width.
Paint for cat tracks shall be the same color as the item for which it is placed.
The Contractor shall not commence painting of pavement markings or striping until the Engineer has checked and approved cat-tracking and spotting and authorized the Contractor to proceed.
314-4.3 Painted Traffic Striping and Curb and Pavement Markings.
Add the following as the sixth bullet:
f) the relative humidity is below 75%.
314-4.3.4.2 Striping Machines.
Add the following to the second set of bullets:
s) laser guidance equipment capable of maintaining the alignment of traffic stripes with an accuracy equivalent to or better than that obtainable through use of cat tracking, as determined by the Engineer. Dribble line cat tracking will not be permitted. 314-4.3.5 Application.
Add the following to the first paragraph:
Except for black paint, each coat of traffic paint shall have reflective glass beads uniformly incorporated to a minimum depth of one-half the diameter of the bead immediately after application of the paint. Beads shall be applied at the rate of 5 pounds per gallon in the first coat and 8 pounds per gallon in the second and third coats. Newly paved and resurfaced streets or portions thereof shall be striped within 24 hours after completion of said work and shall not be opened to public traffic without striping or other delineation approved in advance by the Engineer. 314-4.3.7 Payment.
Replace the first and second paragraphs with the following:
Payment for permanent and temporary painted traffic stripes, curb markings, and pavement markings, including furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary for doing the work shall be considered as included in the Contract Lump Sum Price bid for Signing and Striping, and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor. 314-4.4 Thermoplastic Traffic Striping and Pavement Markings. 314-4.4.6 Payment.
Replace the first and second paragraphs with the following:
Payment for thermoplastic traffic stripes and pavement markings, including furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary for doing the work shall be considered as included in the Contract Lump Sum Price bid for Signing and Striping, and no DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-23
additional compensation shall be allowed therefor.
314-4.6 Protection from Damage.
Add the following:
Striping and pavement markings, other than those called for on the Plans, which are damaged or darkened as a result of construction, including wheel markings by public traffic or equipment shall be repainted or replaced by the Contractor at his/her expense.
Precautions in the handling and application of paints and/or thermoplastics shall be in accordance with all applicable occupational safety and health standards, rules, regulations and orders established by the State of California.
314-5 PAVEMENT MARKERS.
314-5.1 General.
Add the following to the end of the paragraph:
Blue Dot pavement marker shall be installed per Standard Plan 531. 314-5.7 Payment.
Replace the entire section with the following:
Payment for reflective and non-reflective markers, including furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary for doing the work shall be considered as included in the Contract Lump Sum Price bid for Signing and Striping, and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor.
Add the following section:
PART 4 -EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS
SECTION 403 – MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT AND RECONSTRUCTION
403-3 Manholes (and Other Structures) IN ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT Insert the following as the first paragraph:
Manhole frames and covers shall be adjusted to grade in accordance with Standard Plan 152.
Manhole frames and covers within the area to be paved or graded shall be set to finished grade by the Contractor as required by the Plans and Specifications.
SECTION 404 – COLD MILLING
404-1 General.
Add the following after the last paragraph:
Contractor shall furnish one or more planning machines operated by experienced workmen.
The surface produced shall have a tolerance so that a 10-foot straight edge laid laterally will indicate variance of less than 3/16-inch. Removal shall consist of: (1) planning and cutting the pavement to form a keyway header cut; and (2) removing the loosened material. Loosened material shall be stored on the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of off-site at the end of each workday.
Directly following the cold plane operation, all asphalt pavement joints within travel lanes that have vertical separation of more than 0.5-inch shall be ramped with temporary asphalt concrete.
Ramps shall be no less than 10 feet in length from the joint and shall extend across all travel DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-24
lanes. Temporary asphalt ramps shall be completely removed and disposed of off the job site prior to overlay application.
After cold milling and at least 24 hours prior to overlay, all cracks shall be sealed in accordance with 302-1.7.1.
404-7 Work Site Maintenance.
Replace the second sentence with the following:
Street sweeping equipment shall conform to 3-12.1. Contractor shall provide a minimum of two sweepers at all times during cold milling at no additional cost to the City. One motorized street sweeper shall follow within 50 feet of the cold milling machine unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Cold milled areas shall be swept at least once daily until the area is paved.
Add the following subsection:
404-7.1 Crack Sealing.
In areas where an overlay of asphalt concrete is to be made on existing paving, all cracks 1/8th-inch wide or wider shall be sealed prior to the construction of an asphalt concrete overlay.
The Engineer will make the sole determination as to which cracks shall be sealed.
Contractor shall spray weeds in cracks with commercial grade weed killer or approved equal method prior to applying sealant. All cracks 1/8 inch to 1 ½ inches wide shall be sealed with a hot applied rubberized asphalt sealant. The sealant shall be Crafco Polyflex Sealant, Type 2 or 3, or an approved equal. The Sealant shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
Cracks greater than ¼ inch wide but less than ½ inch wide shall be cleaned full depth by routing and blowing operations prior to applying the sealant. Cracks ½ inch wide but less than 1 ½ inches wide shall be cleaned full depth by blowing operations prior to applying the sealant.
All cracks 1 ½ inches or wider shall be cleaned full depth, a tack coat applied to the edges and filled with a fine asphalt concrete hot mix.
Care shall be taken to avoid excess sealant being applied to the existing asphalt concrete surface. A squeegee shall be used to spread out excess sealant on small cracks. There shall be a ½ inch deep cup-shaped groove between the existing asphalt concrete surface and the top crack sealant placed in cracks ½ inch wide or wider. Excess sealant, as solely determined by the Engineer, shall be removed at the Contractor’s expense. Contractor shall keep traffic off of areas receiving crack seal until it has cured to the point where it will not be removed from cracks by vehicle tires. Cracks shall be sealed a minimum of seven days prior to placing asphalt concrete overlay.
Payment for crack sealing shall be considered as included in the bid prices paid for asphalt concrete overlay and no additional compensation will be allowed. 404-9 Traffic Signal Loop Detectors.
Add the following after the last sentence:
Contractor shall notify the Engineer a minimum of 3 Working Days prior to the start of cold milling asphalt concrete pavement on any street containing traffic signal loop detectors.
SECTION 405 – MICRO-MILLING
405-1 General
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-25
Micro-milling shall consist of the cold milling of existing asphalt concrete pavement with a milling machine equipped with a cutting drum specifically designed and constructed for micromilling. The resulting pavement surface shall be suitable for use as a temporary pavement driving surface in advance of a FOG seal or other surface treatment. Micro-milling to be performed in accordance with these Specifications and Plan details.
405-2 Milling Machines.
Milling machines shall conform to 404-2.1 and as follows:
Be equipped with a micro-milling drum with tungsten-carbide-tipped cutting teeth spaced no greater than 1/4 inch apart on center. The configuration of the teeth shall be such that the deviation in elevation between any 2 teeth does not exceed 1/16 inch.
Be capable of removing asphalt concrete pavement to a tolerance of + 1/8 inch.
Be equipped with an automatic grade control system operating in “profile” mode. The system shall be either:
1) A 30-foot long paving machine ski with spring-loaded feet attached to the bottom on not more than 1.5-foot increments such that the feet rise and fall over small irregularities on the pavement surface. The upper part of the ski shall be one piece and of such construction that it will not flex or bend by more than 1/8 inch at either end when supported off the grade by a fixture located at its center of gravity. The grade control system shall be referenced off the center of the ski, with skis mounted on each side of the milling machine such that the ski’s longitudinal center is even with the center of the milling machine’s cutting drum. Or,
2) A sonic averaging system with automated controls. Each corner of the milling machine shall be equipped with sonic grade averaging and slope sensors. The system shall feature plug-in connections, internal cable routing, 2 dual control boxes for ground personnel each capable of controlling each side of the milling machine, and a separate control box for the operator. Whichever system is used, the milling will conform to the line and grade tolerances of this specification.
The milling machine shall be equipped with a tier III (minimum) and must be compliant with all California Air Resource Board regulatory requirements.
The milling equipment shall have a minimum size cutter head of 72” such as a Wirtgen W200 or equivalent.
405-3 Milling Operations.
Each successive pass of the milling machine shall meet the line and grade of the previous pass. The speed of the milling machine shall be maintained at a rate which results in a uniform pavement texture.
Micro-milling shall result in a grid-patterned textured pavement surface with longitudinal ridges approximately the same distance apart as the cutting teeth. The ridges shall be consistent in depth, width, and profile. The distance between the top of each ridge and adjacent valleys shall not exceed 1/8 inch. The resulting profile and cross slope of the milled pavement surface shall be such that a 12-foot long straightedge laid perpendicular or parallel to the centerline will not allow a shim with a width of 1 inch and a thickness of 3/16 inch to pass under the straightedge at any point except planned grade breaks. However, many streets may have crowns or parabolic curves. The intent of the micro milling will need to be established prior to specifying out the project: to smooth the road, or establish a straight grade profile, or both.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-26
Milled pavement surfaces which do not conform to the requirements above shall be corrected by the Contractor. The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer for approval a correction plan prior to initiating corrective action.
During milling operations, the cutter teeth shall be regularly checked and replaced as necessary to maintain the tolerances specified by the manufacture. 405-4 Work Site Maintenance.
Work site maintenance shall conform to 404-7. A self-loading motorized street sweeper equipped with both brooms and a vacuum system, and a functional water spray system shall immediately follow the milling machine. Sweeping shall continue until loose millings have been completely removed and as requested by the Engineer. The Contractor will continue to maintain the milled surface until a surfacing treatment is applied or until accepted by the Engineer. A surface treatment must be applied within 7 Days, but It is recommended for areas in travel lanes, that a fog-seal as a minimum or other surface treatment be applied within 48-hours. Any raveled sections of the pavement will be repaired as directed by the Engineer and paid as Extra Work in conformance to 2-8.
405-5 Disposal of Millings.
Millings shall be considered the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of by the Contractor at a bona fide recycling center or facility. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer a minimum of 2 Working Days prior to the start of milling operations of the recycle disposal location. 405-6 Measurement.
Micro-milling will be measured by the square foot.
405-7 Payment.
Payment for micro milling will be made at the Contract Unit Price per square foot for “MICROMILLING.” PART 6 – TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL
SECTION 600 – ACCESS
600-1 GENERAL
Add the following after the first sentence:
The Contractor shall provide continuous, unobstructed access for all existing access roads, paved or unpaved, within and through the Work site unless otherwise specified by the Engineer.
Existing access roads may be rerouted to avoid construction activities, where needed, upon approval of the Engineer.
600-2 VEHICULAR ACCESS
Add the following after the first paragraph:
Adequate traffic control devices shall be placed to direct traffic entering or exiting driveways to the correct travel lanes.
The Contractor shall cooperate with the various parties involved in the delivery of mail and the collection and removal of trash and garbage to maintain existing schedules for these services. If necessary, the Contractor may move residential trash cans to locations accessible for collection and then return the trash cans to the original place of residence to be picked by the resident.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-27
Residents shall be responsible for marking trash cans with their home address.
Roadway excavation and fill construction shall be conducted by the Contractor in a manner to provide a reasonable satisfactory surface for traffic. Unless otherwise authorized, work shall be performed in only-half the roadway at one time. One half shall be kept open and unobstructed until the opposite side is ready for use. If only one-half a street is being improved, the other half shall be conditioned and maintained as a detour.
Whenever the Contractor's operations temporarily require one-way traffic or create a condition not accepted by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide and station competent flaggers whose sole duties shall consist of directing the movement of traffic through or around the Work.
Insert the following subsections:
600-2.1 Informational Project Sign.
The Contractor shall furnish and install Informational Project Signs per Bid schedule constructed on 4-foot by 8-foot plywood or metal and posted within the parkway adjacent to the street. Signs shall be mounted on two posts at least 7 feet above the pedestrian travel way. Signs and signposts shall be located within the public right-of-way and may not hinder or obstruct driver’s line of sight. Placement shall not violate or compromise current ADA access requirements. The wording and size of the letters shall be approved by the Engineer prior to fabrication. Placement shall be approved by the Engineer prior to installation. Refer to Standard Plan 522.
Informational Project Signs shall be posted at least 3 Days prior to start of construction and remain posted until the final job walk is completed. The signs shall then be removed and properly disposed. Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of these signs until removed. Full compensation for the informational project signs, including construction, deployment, maintenance, removal, and furnishing of all necessary labor, equipment, materials, and all other related costs shall be considered as included in the Lump Sum Bid Price for “Informational Project Sign.” Payment for the Informational Project Signs shall be paid under the Contract Lump Sum Price at 90% for the completed installation of the signs and 10% for the removal and disposal of the signs upon completion of the Work.
600-2.2 Public Notification.
The Contractor shall prepare public notification fliers in English and Spanish per Bid schedule.
Fliers shall notify residents and businesses of the Work and include information describing the Work, how it may affect them and contact information of City and Contractor personnel responsible for the Work. The Engineer will provide the contact information for the City to be included on the flier at the pre-construction meeting. Contractor shall submit draft versions of the flier in English and Spanish to the Engineer for review and approval prior to starting the Work.
Contractor shall distribute fliers as appropriate to provide advance notification of the Work to residents and businesses adjacent to or affected by the Work. Refer to sample provided in Appendix B.
Full compensation for the public notification shall include all necessary labor, equipment, materials, and all other related costs for preparation, copying, and distribution shall be considered as included in the Lump Sum Price Bid for “Public Notification.” 600-3 PEDESTRIAN ACCESS
Add the following before the first paragraph:
Alternative routes for the pedestrians and bicyclists along the Project site shall be clearly marked and safety of those that utilize the path shall be considered at all times. This includes the DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-28
use of proper lighting (where appropriate), fencing/shielding, proper storage of equipment and construction supplies, covering loose piles of soil, silt, clay, sand debris, or other earthen material so as to eliminate any discharge onto the existing pathway or temporary pathway, and immediately hosing down/cleaning such areas of the existing pathway or temporary pathway that have been affected by construction debris or sedimentation from the Project.
SECTION 601- TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL FOR CONSTRUCTION AND
MAINTENANCE WORK ZONES
601-1 GENERAL
601-2 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN (TCP)
The Contractor will be responsible for obtaining an Encroachment Permit and Street Closure Permit prior to the start of any work. This Street Closure Permit will identify all sign requirements, work hours and other conditions as may be necessary to minimize inconvenience to motorists and businesses. Personal vehicles of the Contractor’s employees shall not be parked on the traveled way at any time.
A detailed TCP, approved by the Engineer, will be required for all construction work within any public right-of-way. No reduction of the traveled way width shall be permitted on any City street before 8:30 AM or after 5:00 PM during weekdays, or anytime on weekends or holidays, or when active work is not being done, unless prior authorization to do so is granted by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall notify the Police, Fire, Traffic, and Public Works Departments of the City of Corona at least 48 hours in advance of closing, or partially closing, or of reopening, any street, alley or other public thoroughfare, and shall comply with their requirements. If the telephone numbers herein below are changed, the Contractor is not relieved of the responsibility of notifying said departments.
The following telephone numbers are listed to assist the Contractors in compliance with these requirements:
Fire Department ............................................................................(951) 736-2220 Police Department.........................................................................(951) 736-2333 Public Works Department (Traffic & Engineering)..........................(951) 736-2266 All traffic control and safety devices, equipment and materials, including but not limited to cones, delineators, flashing warning lights, barricades, high level warning devices (flag trees), flags, signs, markers, portable barriers, flashing arrow signs, markings and flagging equipment, shall be provided and maintained in "like new" condition.
The Contractor shall furnish and properly install, construct, erect, use and continuously inspect and maintain, 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, all said devices, equipment and materials, and all temporary and permanent pedestrian and driving surfaces as necessary to provide for the safety and convenience of and to properly warn, guide, control, regulate and channelize Project workers and the public beyond said limits as necessary to include areas affecting or affected by the Work, from the start of Work to the completion of the Work.
High level warning devices (flag trees) are required at all times for any work being performed within the roadway, unless otherwise specifically authorized by the Engineer. Flashing arrow boards will be required on all streets with 4 or more lanes (2 in each direction) or as deemed necessary by the Engineer.
All barricades shall be equipped with flashing warning lights when installed during hours of darkness and all traffic cones shall be no less than 28 inches in height except that shorter cones, 12 inches high or higher, may be used during striping maintenance operation where the only DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-29
function of the cones is to protect the wet paint from traffic.
Except as otherwise authorized by the Engineer, 2-way vehicular traffic shall be maintained at all times within two 11-foot wide lanes or 13-foot wide lane when adjacent to the curb.
Properly trained and experienced flaggers shall be provided to direct traffic when said traffic is to be interrupted for short periods of time, when 2-way traffic is to be reduced to one-way traffic at such time as is necessary to safely pass the traffic through or around the Work area, and when so directed by the Engineer.
Any traffic control and safety devices and equipment being used which becomes damaged, destroyed, faded, soiled, misplaced, vandalized, worn out, inoperative, lost or stolen shall be promptly repaired, refurbished and/or replaced, and any traffic control and safety devices and equipment being used which are displaced or not in an upright position from any cause, shall be promptly returned or restored to their proper position.
An unobstructed view of all signs and warning devices including, but not limited to, stop signs, stop ahead signs, street name signs and other regulatory, warning and construction signs, markers and warning devices shall be maintained at all times. No trucks or other equipment or materials shall be stopped, parked or otherwise placed from the view of vehicular and/or pedestrian traffic to which it applies.
When entering or leaving roadways carrying public traffic, the Contractor's equipment, whether empty or loaded, shall yield to said public traffic at all times, except where the traffic is being controlled by Police officers, Fire officers, or at traffic signalized intersections.
Stockpiling and/or storage of materials on any public right-of-way or parking areas will not be allowed without specific permission of the Engineer. Materials spilled along or on said right of way or parking area shall be removed completely and promptly. All stockpile and/or storage areas shall be kept in a safe, neat, clean and orderly fashion, and shall be restored to equal or better than original condition upon completion of the Work.
Work involving the closure of, or partial closure of existing streets, and where vehicular access to the abutting property must be restricted, shall be so selected, arranged and scheduled that the persons requiring access to said abutting property and/or residents along said streets affected will be able to park within a reasonable distance of not more than 500 feet from their homes and/or destination; and in addition, no two adjoining streets shall be closed at the same time, except as otherwise authorized by the Engineer.
When work has been completed on a particular street or has been suspended or rescheduled and said street is to be opened to vehicular traffic, all equipment, "NO PARKING" signs, other obstructions and unnecessary traffic control devices and equipment shall be promptly removed from the street, except as otherwise authorized or directed by the Engineer. This will include the placement of temporary asphalt paving in vehicular travel lanes and/or pedestrian walkways, as appropriate. Temporary traffic striping, when applicable, shall be applied prior to opening any newly paved area to traffic. This includes lane and centerlines. The Contractor shall also remove all utility markings identifying utility locations specifically marked for the Work when work has been completed on a particular street.
Should the Contractor be neglectful, negligent or refuse, fail or otherwise be unavailable to promptly, satisfactorily and fully comply with the provisions specified and referred to hereinabove, the City reserves the right to correct and/or mitigate any situation, which in the sole opinion of the Engineer constitutes a serious deficiency and/or serious case or non-compliance, by any means at its disposal at the Contractor expense, and in the case of a contract City project, to deduct the cost therefor from the Contractor's progress and/or final payments. Such corrective actions taken DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-30
by the City shall not reduce or abrogate the Contractor's legal obligations and liability for proper traffic control and safety measures and shall not serve to transfer said obligations and liability from the Contractor to the City or the City’s agent.
Violations of any of the above provisions and/or provisions of the referenced publications, unless promptly and completely corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer, shall, at the sole discretion of the City, be grounds for termination of the Contract or shut down or partial shut-down of the Work without compensation to the Contractor, or liability to the City, all as prescribed by contractual obligations or State law, whichever is applicable.
Should the Engineer point out the inadequacy of warning devices or should the Engineer approve the location of warning devices, such action shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for public safety, nor abrogate the Contractor’s obligation to furnish and pay for these devices. Should it be determined, during hours other than work hours and the Contractor is unavailable, that the warning devices are inadequate; the City may furnish and erect such additional devices as may be necessary.
601-2.2 PAYMENT
Replace the first sentence with the following:
All costs incurred for preparing the TCP, furnishing labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals; maintaining, servicing, and removing work area control required for the Work shall be included in the Lump Sum Bid item for “Traffic Control” and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor.
Add the following subsections:
601-4 Notification and No Parking Signs.
The Contractor shall contact and notify, with printed notices, all residents, businesses and public agencies fronting on, or along, or affected by the proposed work, a minimum of 2 full Days prior to performing any work which will close or partially close the street or which will disallow street parking.
The printed notices shall contain a general description of the work to be done, the location and limits of the work, the day(s) and date(s) that the work is to be done, a statement that the street is to be closed or partially closed to vehicular traffic during construction, and a statement that on-street parking will be prohibited between the hours of 6:00 AM and 5:00 PM on the day(s) of the work as called for on the 'NO PARKING' signs.
The Contractor shall post 'NO PARKING' signs at 50-foot maximum spacing on 1-inch x 2- inch wood stakes along sides of the street, 2 Days in advance of the Work and shall maintain said signs throughout the period of time that will disallow parking.
The 'NO PARKING' sign shall be approximately 14 inches x 22 inches, printed in red letters on a white background, and shall contain information and be laid out as follows:
NO PARKING
TOW-AWAY ZONE
6:00 AM - 5:00 PM
FROM
DAY DATE
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-31
TO
DAY DATE
FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF SIDEWALKS
OR CURB OR BOTH
Violators will be Cited and Vehicles Towed
Away at Owners Expense
per
CVC22651L & CVC22654D
Posting of 'NO PARKING' signs on trees, utility poles, fire hydrants or other streetscape features will not be allowed. The signs shall be immediately removed upon completion of the work that disallows parking.
The Contractor shall document the day, date and time that the signs are installed because the No Parking restriction will not be enforced until the signs have been in place 48 hours.
The above-described printed notices and signs shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and approval prior to the pre-construction meeting and at least 7 Days before the start of any work.
The Contractor shall make every reasonable effort to arrange with the owners of illegally parking vehicles to remove their vehicles from the street before summoning the police to tow away vehicles.
In addition to the above requirements, the Contractor shall notify the Post Office, Police Department, Fire Department, Water Utility, ambulance service, Dial-a-Ride, school district transportation manager, street sweeping service, trash collection service, and affected utilities, hospitals, schools and governmental agencies a minimum of 2 full calendar days prior to the start of work.
Full compensation for conforming to 601-4 shall be considered as included in the various items of work involved and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor. 600-5 Remove Roadside Signs.
Existing roadside signs and posts, at locations shown on the Plans, shall be removed, relocated, disposed of, or salvaged as shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer.
Existing roadside or mast arm signs shall not be removed until replacement signs have been installed or until the existing signs are no longer required for the direction of public traffic, unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer.
Selected sign panels and/or posts as determined by the Engineer shall be salvaged and delivered to the City of Corona Service Yard during regular working hours. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 24 hours prior to delivery. Signs, panels and or posts that are not salvaged by the City shall become the property of the Contractor and be disposed of outside the public right-of-way.
600-6 Roadside Signs.
Sign code numbers on the Plans refer to designations in the State of California, Department of Transportation, 2014 California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (CA MUTCD) and approved sign specification sheets. All signs shall conform to the latest revisions of these specification sheets.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-32
New signs shall be reflectorized Diamond Grade Material (3M) with anti-graffiti coating or equal and shall be certified as meeting all applicable requirements.
SECTION 601-3 – TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL (TTC) ZONE DEVICES 601-3.1 GENERAL.
The following sets forth the specifications for traffic control devices used in temporary traffic control zones. Retroreflective sheeting shall conform to ASTM D 4956. 601-6 COVERING FOR EXISTING TRAFFIC SIGNS AND SIGNAL FACES. 602-2.1 General.
When the traffic control or temporary traffic signal modification plans show, or the Special Provision specify the temporary covering of traffic signs or signal indications they shall be covered as specified in601-6.
Covers shall be made from outdoor grade, weather resistant cloth, plastic, or metallic material and shall be of the color specified herein. The cover shall be designed to be easily installed by hand without the use of tools. The covers shall be secured in place with bolt snaps attached to elastic straps. The straps shall be permanently attached to the cover. 602-2.2 Covers for Vehicular Indications.
Contractor shall cover all the non-functioning vehicle heads utilizing signal head covers that are specially fabricated for this purpose. Signal head covers shall be a matte tan color or a contrasting color to the signal head. The size of the cover shall closely fit and encapsulate the signal head.
602-2.3 Covers for Pedestrian Indications.
The entire pedestrian indication shall be covered with a cover manufactured for that purpose. The covers shall be a matte black color. The size of the cover shall closely fit and encapsulate the pedestrian indication.
602-2.4 Covers for Signs.
When signs in temporary traffic control zones are covered, they shall be covered with a cover manufactured for that purpose. The cover material shall be weather resistant cloth, plastic or metallic material and shall be of sufficient density to block out the sign face or message so that they are not visible to the driver.
602-3 SIGNS.
602-3.1 General.
The signs shall be as shown in the WATCH or the California MUTCD. Each sign shall consist of a base, standard or framework and a sign panel. The units shall be capable of being delivered to the Work site and placed in immediate operation. The Contractor shall provide and maintain graffiti free construction signs during construction.
New signposts shall be installed in accordance with the City of Corona Standard Plan No. 519. New signs shall be reflectorized Diamond Grade Material (3M) with anti-graffiti coating or equal and shall be certified as meeting all applicable requirements. 602-4 SIGN ENHANCEMENT DEVICES.
602-4.1 General.
Sign enhancement devices consist of Flags, High Level Warning Devices, Warning Lights, DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-33
Portable Changeable Message Signs, Flashing Arrow Signs, and Flashing Arrow Bars. 602-4.2 Warning Lights.
602-4.2.1 General.
Warning lights shall be portable, lens directed, enclosed lights with a yellow lens. They shall consist of a lighting unit, a flasher unit, a visor, a backplate, a standard, a battery power source and a base. The units shall be assembled to form a complete self-contained flashing warning light that can be delivered to the Work site and placed in immediate operation. 602-4.2.2 Standard and Base.
The standard shall be adjustable to provide a variable mounting height between 3 feet to 9 feet 10-1/8 inches measured from the bottom of the base to the bottom of the lens. Provisions shall be made for securing the standard at the height specified in 313. The standard shall be securely attached to the base and a sufficient length of multi-conductor, neoprene jacketed cable as required for full vertical height shall be provided.
The base shall be large enough to accommodate a minimum of two 12 V automotive type storage batteries, and shall be of such shape and mass that the warning light will not roll in the event it is struck by a vehicle or pushed over.
Standards and bases shall be finished with 2 applications of commercial quality orange enamel conforming to color No. 12473 of Federal Standard 595B. 602-4.2.3 Warning Light Assembly.
Warning lights assembly shall be weatherproof and shall be capable of operating a minimum of 150 hours between battery recharge or other routine maintenance. Lamps shall be rated at 25 W for operation with a 12V battery current. The color of the light emitted shall be yellow. Portable flashing beacons shall be capable of use in either a steady burn or flashing mode. Portable beacons shall conform to the requirements of ANSI D.10.1 and Table 602-4.2.3(A).
TABLE NO. 602-4.2.3(A)
Type A
Low Intensity
Type B
High Intensity
Type C and D
Steady Burn And
360° Steady Burn
Lens Size 7” Dia.
½” Border
12” Dia. ----
Lens Directional Face 1 or 2 1 1 or 2
Flash Rate per Minute 55 to 75 55 to 75 Constant
Flash Duration1 10% 8% Constant
Minimum Effective Intensity2 40 Candles 35 Candles ---- Minimum Beam Candle Power2---- ---- 2 Candles
Visible on a Clear Day 3000 ft ---- 3000 ft
Visible on a Sunny Day ---- 1000 ft ----
Hours of Operation Dusk to Dawn 24 hrs/day Dusk to Dawn
1. Length of time that instantaneous intensity is equal to or greater than effective intensity.
2. These values must be maintained within an elliptical pattern 9 in. on each side of the vertical axis and 5 in each side of the horizontal axis.
602-4.2.4 Visor and Backplate.
Warning light units shall be equipped with a 7 - 7/8-inch minimum length visor and a backplate.
The interior of the visor and the front face of the backplate shall be finished with 2 applications of DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-34
commercial quality flat black enamel conforming to 210. 602-5 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC STRIPING AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS.
Paint for temporary traffic striping and pavement markings shall conform to 214-4.
PART 9 - MODIFIED ASPHALTS, PAVEMENTS AND PROCESSES
SECTION 900 – MODIFIED ASPHALTS, PAVEMENTS AND PROCESSES 900-1 TIRE RUBBER MODIFIED SLURRY SEAL.
900-1.1 General.
Tire rubber modified asphalt slurry seal shall be a stable mixture of emulsified asphalt, mineral aggregate, water, and retardant and is herein referred to as slurry. 900-1.2 Materials.
Tire Rubber Modified Slurry Seal (TRMSS) shall consist of cationic quick-set type CQS-1h TR and contain 3% latex by weight of the emulsified asphalt.
The additives for quick and slow-setting emulsion and the asphalt modifier shall be a type approved by the Engineer. The Amount of additive and asphalt modifier to be included in the quickset slurry shall be the amount necessary to ensure that the applied slurry can support vehicular traffic within 60 minutes after the last application.
Water shall be potable and compatible with the other ingredients of the slurry. Contractor shall provide an aggregate stockpile 24 hours prior to starting the work.
Aggregate shall be rock dust or other mineral aggregates approved by the Engineer and shall conform to the requirements of Section 200. The aggregate without any additive shall conform to the requirements in Table 900-1.2 (A).
TABLE NO. 900-1.2 (A)
Tests ASTM Test Method Requirements
Percentage Wear 500 Revolutions1 C 131 40% Maximum
Sand Equivalent C 2419 55% Minimum
Soundness (5 Cycles)1 C 88 15% Maximum
1. ASTM C 131 to be run on plus four graded material before final crushing. 900-1.3 Test Reports and Certification.
The quick-set type shall be cationic and shall conform to the requirements of CQS-1h of 203-
1.3 and to the specifications included in Table 900-1.3 (A), when tested according to appropriate ASTM Methods:
TABLE NO. 900-1.3 (A) – QUICK SET EMULSION ¹ ²
Tests ASTM
Test Method
Requirements
Min. Max.
Furol Viscosity at 77°F (25°C), sec. D244 15 100
Residue from distillation, % by weight D244 60 Min.
Sieve Test (% retained on No. 20 [850 µm]) D244 0.10 Max.
Particle Charge Test (Cationic) D244 Positive
Particle Charge Test (Anionic) D244 Negative
Storage Stability; 1-Day Settlement D244 1% Max.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-35
Tests ASTM
Test Method
Requirements
Min. Max.
Residue
Penetration 0.1 mm D 5 45 80
Solubility in TCE, % D 2042 97.5 Min.
Ductility, 25°C (77°F), mm D 113 400 Min.
1. Table does not apply to latex or polymer modified emulsion.
2. The base asphalt shall contain a minimum of 10% recycled tire rubber. The finished asphalt binder composition shall be smooth and homogeneous. The tire rubber material shall be totally incorporated into the asphalt cement yielding a finished product of singular composition. 900-1.4 Composition and Grading.
The grading of the combined aggregate and the percentage of emulsified asphalt shall conform to the requirements indicated in Table 900-1.4 (A).
TABLE NO. 900-1.4 (A)
Class
Percentage Passing Sieves
Type I Type II Type III
Sieve Size Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.
3/8 in (9.5 mm) 100 --- 100 --- 100 ---
No. 4 (4.74 mm) 100 --- 90 100 70 90
No. 8 (2.36 mm) 90 100 65 90 45 70
No. 16 (1.18 mm) 65 90 45 70 28 50
No. 30 (600 μm) 40 60 30 50 19 34
No. 50 (300 μm) 25 42 18 36 12 25
No. 100 (150 μm) 15 30 10 24 7 18
No. 200 (75 μm) 10 20 5 15 5 15
Residual Asphalt % of Dry
Aggregate Weight
10 min 7.5 min 6.5 min
Emulsified Asphalt % of Dry Aggregate Weight must meet Residual Asphalt requirement) 900-1.5 Mix Design.
The Contractor, at its expense, shall submit for Engineer approval laboratory reports of mix designs performed in accordance with ASTM D 3910 procedures, utilizing the specific materials to be used. ASTM D 3910 procedures shall be modified to include the retained No. 4 (4.75 mm) aggregate if present in the mix design. The Engineer will approve the mix proportions that are best suited for use on the project, based upon the emulsion content and water needed to produce a slurry with a maximum loss of 540 grams per square meter (50 grams per square foot) by the modified Wet Track Abrasion Test. For mix designs containing more than 4% aggregate retained on the No. 4 (4.75 mm) sieve, the maximum loss will be 60 grams per square foot (650 grams per square meter).
Contractor, at its expense, shall calibrate each slurry mixer to be used in the work according to the approved slurry mix design. The Contractor shall allow 2 days prior to the start of work for calibration and testing at a location to be approved by the Engineer. The Engineer will obtain field samples at the time of calibration for Extraction Test (ASTM D 2172, California Test 382).
Consistency Test, and Wet Track Abrasion Test (Modified ASTM D 3910). When in the judgment of the Engineer, the field samples meet the requirements stipulated in these specifications, the Engineer will notify the Contractor to start the work.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-36
900-1.6 Mixing.
900-1.6.1 General.
Mixing shall be performed by a continuous-flow mixer. All aggregate particles will be uniformly saturated and coated with asphalt.
900-1.6.2 Continuous Flow Mixers.
The slurry mixer shall be a multi-blade or spiral continuous-flow in good working condition capable of accurately delivering a predetermined proportion of aggregate, water, emulsion, additives and asphalt modifier to the mixer and of discharging the thoroughly mixed slurry on a continuous basis. Each mixer shall have a metering device to measure the quantity of water in gallons (liters) used for each load of slurry and a separate metering device or equivalent which meets the approval of the Engineer to measure the quantity of emulsified asphalt used in each load of slurry.
The spreader box shall be equipped with flexible material in contact with the pavement and shall be maintained so as to prevent loss of slurry. It shall be adjustable to ensure a uniform controlled spread and be equipped with a mechanical or hydraulic type horizontal shifting device. 900-1.7 Application.
The work shall consist of mixing asphaltic emulsion, aggregate, additive, and water and spreading the mixture on the pavement where shown on the Plans. Slurry shall be applied at the application rate shown in Table 900-1.7 (A).
TABLE NO. 900-1.7 (A)
Application Rate Area Covered
Slurry Seal Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum
Type I 8lbs/yd² 10 lbs/yd² 1800 ft²/ELT 2250 ft²/ELT
(4.3 kg/m²) (5.4 kg/m²) (167 m² /ELT) (209 m²/ELT)
Type II 12 lbs/yd² 15 lbs/yd² 1200 ft²/ELT 1500 ft²/ELT (6.5 kg/m²) (8.1 kg/m²) (112 m²/ELT) (139 m²/ELT)
Type III 16lbs/yd² 20 lbs/yd² 900 ft²/ELT 1125 ft²/ELT
(8.7 kg/m²) (10.8 kg/m² (93 m²/ELT) (116 m²/ELT)
An ELT of slurry is made up of 2000 pounds (907 kg) of dry aggregate plus emulsified asphalt, accelerator or retardant, and water. Quantities and application rate shall be approved by the Engineer. When the Engineer determines that the application rate does not conform to the requirements, the Contractor shall take immediate corrective action. When the rate is less than the minimum amount required, the Contractor shall reapply additional slurry seal to the nonconforming area to meet the requirements. When the rates exceed the maximum specified Table 900-1.7 (A), the Engineer should refer to 4-1.1.
The sites for stockpiling and batching materials shall be clean and free from objectionable materials. Arrangements for these sites shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
Hand squeegees and other hand equipment shall be provided to remove spillage and spread slurry in areas inaccessible to the spreader box.
Contractor shall have two fully operational mixers for use at the Work site at all times. These mixers shall be available for inspection by the Agency at least 48 hours prior to commencing work. 900-1.8 Spreading.
Slurry shall be applied only when the atmospheric temperature is at least 50°F (10 °C) and DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-37
rising. The maximum speed of the slurry machine shall not exceed 270 feet per minute.
The application of slurry shall not commence prior to the start of the workday and shall be sufficiently cured to be open to traffic by the end of the workday, unless authorized by the Engineer. The streets to be sealed shall be closed from the time the application begins until the Engineer determines the mixture has achieved sufficient set to be opened to traffic.
Prior to the slurry sealing operations, the Contractor shall remove all existing striping, legends and raised pavement markers within the slurry seal limits per 314-2 and 314-3. When removing the raised pavement markers the Contractor shall remove any adhesive left on pavement caused from the removal of raised pavement markers. If any pavement damage (potholes) caused by removing raised pavement markers it shall be filled with a bituminous adhesive approved by the Engineer. Contractor shall install temporary pavement markers once the slurry seal is cured until the roadway surface is ready for permanent raised pavement markers.
Immediately prior to the slurry placement, the Contractor shall sweep the entire surface to be sealed with street sweeping equipment conforming to 7-8.1. Ahead of the mixer, the pavement shall be pre-wetted by a pressure water distribution system equipped with a fog-type spray bar which will completely fog the surface of the pavement. The need for application and the rate of application will be determined by the Engineer.
Before slurry seal operations, all manholes covers, flush inlet covers, monument covers and all other utility covers to remain shall be protected by covering the surface with an appropriate paper or plastic sheeting, cut to fit or by other methods approved by the Engineer. All traces of the cover and slurry seal shall be removed by the end of the same workday. All incidental work such as surfacing of driveway aprons and returns shall be done concurrently with the surfacing of the street proper. The joint between the edge of the pavement and the concrete gutter shall be sealed by the slurry seal by overlapping the concrete gutter edge and concrete gutter 1 to 2 inches.
The edges of the limits of the slurry seal application on both sides of the street shall be maintained in a neat and uniform line. The Contractor shall refrain from using diesel fuel, gasoline or solvents of any kind for cleaning tools and equipment in such a manner as to permit spillage of the diesel fuel or solvent on new or existing pavement, curbs and gutters, parkways or other improved areas.
Slurry shall be applied in such a manner that no ridges shall remain. The mixture shall be uniform and homogeneous after spreading on the existing surface and shall not show separation of the emulsion and aggregate after setting.
The Contractor shall prevent slurry from being deposited on other than asphalt concrete surfaces and shall remove slurry from surfaces not designated to be sealed. The method of slurry removal shall be approved by the Engineer.
At the direction of the Engineer, the Contractor shall repair and reseal all areas of the streets which have not been sealed properly or completely.
Where the completed slurry is not uniform in color, the street shall be treated to eliminate the color variation. The method of treatment shall be approved by the Engineer.
Adequate means shall be provided to protect the slurry seal from damage from traffic until such time that the mixture has cured sufficiently so that the slurry seal will not adhere to and be picked up by the tires of the vehicles. Basis for rejection of improperly placing slurry seal includes, but is not limited to, striation of surface, solidification of the asphalt, balling or lumping of the aggregates due to quick-set, tracks of unauthorized vehicles, bicycles and pedestrians, or the presence of uncoated aggregate will be cause for rejection of the slurry.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-38
900-1.9 Compacting.
Rolling of the slurry shall commence as soon as the material has set sufficiently to adhere to the roadway without lifting or sticking to the tires. The slurry shall be rolled with a minimum of three passes with a double-axle, multiple pneumatic-tired rollers prior to opening to traffic. Rollers shall be self-propelled or drawn by tracks or tractors having rubber-tired wheels and shall be operated at a minimum tire pressure of 60 psi. Rolling shall continue until the surface is evenly rolled.
900-1.10 Public Convenience and Traffic Control.
Traffic control and scheduling for the spreading and compacting of TRMSS shall conform to 7-10.2.2.1. The Contractor shall notify all affected property owners, residents, businesses, and agencies per 7-10.2.2.1.1.
Contractor shall be responsible for adequate barricading of the work area and controlling of traffic in the vicinity of the Work as specified in 7-10.2, or as directed by the Engineer.
When necessary to provide vehicular or pedestrian crossings over the fresh slurry, the Engineer shall direct the Contractor to spread sufficient sand or rock dust on the affected area to eliminate tracking or damage to the slurry. Sand or rock dust used for this purpose shall be at the Contractor’s expense.
900-1.11 Measurement and Payment.
Slurry will be paid at the Contract Unit Price per square foot. [ELT. The payment quantity will be determined by the weight of dry aggregate used in the slurry.] The Contract Unit Price paid per square foot shall include full compensation for furnishing emulsion, accelerator or retardant, and water for constructing TRMSS in place.
900-2 RUBBER POLYMER MODIFIED SLURRY (RPMS).
900-2.1 General.
Rubber polymer modified slurry (RPMS) is a crumb rubber asphalt slurry-seal surface treatment and shall be a stable mixture of asphaltic emulsion, mineral aggregate, set-control additives, specially produced and graded crumb rubber, polymer, mineral fillers, carbon black, and water. The materials for RPMS shall conform to 203-5 and these specifications. Mixing and spreading of RPMS shall be as described in 302-4 and 302-14. 900-2.2 Materials.
The ingredients of 0052PMS immediately prior to the mixing shall conform to the following:
Asphaltic emulsion shall be a quick-set type and shall conform to the requirements of CQS1h and to the following requirements in accordance with the specified test methods:
Quality Tests Emulsion Test Requirements
AASHTO T 59 Residue after Distillation 60% min.
ASTM D 244
Quality Tests Residue Requirements
AASHTO T 49 Penetration at 77°F (25°C) 40% - 90%.
ASTM D 2397
In addition, quick setting Type CQS-1h Asphaltic Emulsion shall test Positive for Particle Charge when tested in accordance with ASTM Designation. If the Particle Charge Test result is inconclusive, the Asphaltic Emulsion shall meet a pH requirement of 6.7 maximum.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-39
Water shall be potable and of such quality that the asphalt will not separate from the emulsion before the slurry seal is in place in the work.
If necessary for workability, a set-control agent that will not adversely affect the RPMS material may be added.
Polymer additive shall be SBR Latex or approved equal, which is added at a minimum of 2.0 percent by weight of the asphaltic emulsion.
Crumb rubber shall be ambient granulated or ground from whole passenger and/or truck tires only, in conformance with requirements indicated in Tables 900-2.2(A), 900-2.2(B), and 900-
2.2(C). Uncuring or devulcanized rubber is not acceptable and may not be used. Rubber tire buffing from either recapping or manufacturing processes may not be used as a supplement to the crumb rubber mixture.
In order to remove steel and fabric, an initial separation stage which subjects the rubber to freezing temperatures may be used. The crumb rubber shall not be elongated or hair-like in shape and individual particles shall not be greater than 1/20 of an inch in length. The crumb rubber shall be free of contaminants including fiber, metal and mineral matter within the following tolerances: the fiber content shall be less than 0.30% by weight; the crumb rubber shall be free of metal particles--metal imbedded in rubber particles will not be allowed; the amount of mineral contaminants allowed shall not exceed 0.10% by weight; and the crumb rubber shall be dry with a moisture content of less than 0.75%.
TABLE NO. 900-2.2(A)
CRUMB RUBBER CHEMICAL PROPERTIES SPECIFICATION
Property Specification Limits
Specific Gravity 1.15+/-.05
Percent of Carbon Black 35.0 Maximum
Percent of Rubber Hydrocarbon 55.0 Maximum
Percent Ash 6.0 Maximum
Percent of Acetone Extract 10.0 Maximum
Percent of Chloroform Extract 3.0 Maximum
Percent Natural Rubber 40 Minimum
TABLE NO. 900-2.2(B)
CRUMB RUBBER GRADATION REQUIREMENTS
Sieve Size Percent Passing
No.30 100
No.40 90-100
No.50 75-85
No.100 25-35
No.200 0-10
TABLE NO. 900-2.2(C)
TESTING METHODS FOR CRUMB RUBBER ANALYSIS
Property Test Method
Specific Gravity ASTM D 1817
Carbon Black ASTM D 297
Ash ASTM D 297
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-40
Property Test Method
Chloroform Extract ASTM D 297
Natural/Synthetic Rubber ASTM D 297
Sieve Analysis ASTM C 136
Carbon black solution shall be non-ionic in charge and liquid in form. The carbon black must be compatible with the emulsion system, polymers, and additives being used and conform to the requirements indicated in Table 900-2.2(D) and ASTM D 1511.
TABLE NO. 900-2.2(D)
Specification Tolerances
Total Solids 40-44
% Black by Weight 35-37
Type Black Medium Furnace Color
Type Dispersing Non-ionic
Additives may be used to accelerate or retard the break-set of the RPMS. The use of additives shall be in quantities specified in the mix design.
Mineral filler such as Portland Cement, hydrated lime, limestone dust, fly ash or other approved filler meeting the requirements of ASTM D 242 shall be used if required by the mix design and may be used to facilitate set times as needed. Any cement used shall be considered as part of the dry aggregate weight for mix design purposes.
The mineral aggregate used shall be the type and grade specified for the particular Type of RPMS. The aggregate shall be manufactured crushed stone such as granite, slang, limestone, chat, or other high quality aggregate, or combination thereof. Aggregate shall consist of rock dust except that 100 percent of any aggregate of combination of aggregates, larger than the No. 50 sieve size, used in the mix shall be obtained by crushing rock. The material shall be free from vegetable matter and other deleterious substances. All aggregate shall be free of caked lumps and oversized particles. The aggregate shall also conform to the following requirements in Table 600-2.2(E).
TABLE NO. 900-2.2(E)
Test California Test Requirements
Sand Equivalent 217 45 min.
Durability Index 229 55 min.
900-2.3 Composition and Grading.
The percentage composition by weight of the aggregate shall conform to the requirements indicated in Table 900-2.3(A) when determined by California Test 202, modified by California Test 105 when there is a difference in specific gravity of 0.20 or more between blends of different aggregates.
TABLE NO. 900-2.3(A)
TYPE I SLURRY SEAL GRADATION
Sieve Size Percentage Passing Stockpile Tolerance
No.4 100 +/-5%
No.8 90-100 +/-5%
No.16 65-90 +/-5%
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-41
No.30 40-60 +/-5%
No.50 25-42 +/-4%
No.200 10-20 +/-2%
TYPE II SLURRY SEAL GRADATION
Sieve Size Percentage Passing Stockpile Tolerance
No.3/8 100 +/-5%
No.4 90-100 +/-5%
No.8 65-90 +/-5%
No.16 45-70 +/-5%
No.30 30-50 +/-5%
No.50 18-36 +/-4%
No.100 10-24 +/-3%
No.200 5-15 +/-2%
TYPE III SLURRY SEAL GRADATION
Sieve Size Percentage Passing Stockpile Tolerance
No.3/8 100 +/-5%
No.4 70-90 +/-5%
No.8 45-70 +/-5%
No.16 28-50 +/-5%
No.30 19-34 +/-5%
No.50 12-25 +/-4%
No.100 7-18 +/-3%
No.200 5-15 +/-2%
The job mix (target) gradation shall be within the gradation band for the desired type. After the target gradation has been submitted, the percent passing each sieve shall not vary by more than the stockpile tolerance.
The aggregate will be accepted at the job location or stockpile. The stockpile shall be accepted based on five gradation tests according to California Test 202, modified by California Test 105 when there is a difference in specific gravity of 0.2 or more between blends of different aggregates. If the average of the five tests is within the gradation tolerances, then the material will be accepted. If the test shows the material to be out, the contractor will be given the choice to either remove the material or blend other aggregates with the stockpile material to bring it into specifications. Materials used in blending must meet the quality test before blending and must be blended in a manner to produce a consistent gradation.
When the results of either the Aggregate Grading or the Sand Equivalent test do not conform to the requirements specified, the aggregate shall be removed. However, if requested in writing by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer, the aggregate may be used and the Contractor shall pay to the agency $1.75 per ton for such aggregate left in place. No single aggregate grading or sand equivalent tests shall represent more than 300 tons or one day’s production, whichever is smaller.
900-2.4 Mix Design.
Before work begins, the Contractor, at its expense, shall submit for Engineer approval laboratory reports of mix design performed in accordance with the tests identified in Table 900-
2.4(A), utilizing the specific materials to be used on the project. The design will be prepared by a DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-42
laboratory experienced in designing rubber asphalt slurry-seal surface treatments. After the mix design is approved, no substitution will be permitted unless approved by the Engineer. The proposed rubber asphalt slurry-seal surface treatment mix design shall verify compatibility of the aggregate, emulsion, mineral filler, set-control additive and rubber blend.
TABLE NO. 900-2.4(A)
Test Description Specification
ISSA T-106 Slurry Seal Consistency Pass
ISSA TB-109 Excess Asphalt 50 grams/square foot max.
ISSA TB-100 (Type I) Wet Track Abrasion 50 grams/square foot max.
ISSA TB-100 (Type II) Wet Track Abrasion 60 grams/square foot max.
ISSA TB-100 (Type III) Wet Track Abrasion 60 grams/square foot max.
ISSA TB-113 Mixing Time Controllable to 150 seconds min.
ISSA TB-114 Wet Stripping Pass
The Mixing Time test should be done at the highest temperatures expected during construction. The original lab report shall be signed by the laboratory that performed the mix design and shall show the results of tests on individual materials. The report shall clearly show the proportions of aggregate, mineral filler (min. and max.), water (min. and max.), additive (s) (usage), asphalt emulsion and asphalt rubber blend based on the dry weight of the aggregate.
All of the component materials used in the mix design shall be representative of the materials proposed by the contractor to be used on the project. The percentage of each individual material required shall be shown in the laboratory report. Adjustments may be required during the construction, based on field conditions.
The component materials shall be within the following limits:
Residual Asphalt Type I 10%-16% Based on dry weight of aggregate.
Residual Asphalt Type II 7.5%-13.5% Based on dry weight of aggregate.
Residual Asphalt Type III 6.5%-12% Based on dry weight of aggregate.
Crumb Rubber The crumb rubber will be added to the Rubberized Slurry mix at a rate of 5% by volume to the asphalt cement.
Polymer Polymer Additive shall be added at 2% of finished emulsion.
Carbon Black Carbon Black shall be added at 1.3 to 2% of the finished emulsion.
Mineral Filler 0.5%-2.0% (if required by mix design) Based on dry weight of aggregate.
Additives As needed.
Water As needed to achieve proper mix consistency. (Total mix liquids, should not exceed the loose aggregate voids)
900-2.5 Mixing.
900-2.5.1 General.
Proportioning equipment of equal capacity to that described herein will be considered by the City prior to time of award.
The rubberized asphalt slurry surfacing shall be mixed in a continuous, twin shaft, multi-paddle pugmill mixer. The pugmill shall be equipped with a hydraulically controlled steel pugmill gate for positive discharge operations. No dripping slurry will be allowed.
Each Rubberized Slurry surfacing unit shall be equipped with independent storage capabilities for the aggregate, emulsion, crumb rubber, polymer, set-control additives and the carbon black.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-43
Each Rubberized Slurry surfacing unit shall be equipped with a unit designed to store and deliver the various required materials to a twin-shafted, multi-paddle pugmill with a computer controlled automatic sequencing system that initiates each material delivery at the precise moment necessary to insure proper proportioning.
Aggregates, asphaltic emulsion, water, polymers, additives, including set-control agent, if used, and crumb rubber shall be proportioned by volume utilizing the mix design approved by the Engineer. If more than one kind of aggregate is used, the correct amount of each kind of aggregate to produce the required grading shall be proportioned separately, prior to the other materials of the mixture, in a manner that will result in a uniform and homogenous blend.
Asphaltic emulsion shall be added at a rate within the ranges identified in Table 900-2.5.1(A) of percent by weight of the dry aggregate. The exact weight will be determined by the mix design and the asphalt solids content of the asphaltic emulsion furnished.
TABLE NO. 900-2.5.1(A)
Type of Aggregate Range
Type I 17-20%
Type II 14-17%
Type III 11-14%
The Aggregate shall be proportioned by a belt feeder operated with an adjustable cutoff gate.
The height of the gate opening shall be readily determinable. The emulsion shall be introduced into the mixer by a positive displacement pump. Water shall be introduced into the mixer through an adjustable multi-spray pugmill bar, water volume shall be displayed by an electric digital meter registering in gallons delivered.
The aggregate belt feeder shall deliver aggregate to the pugmill mixed with such volumetric consistency that the deviation for any individual aggregate delivery rate check-run shall be within
2.0 percent of the mathematical average of 3 runs of at least 300 gallons each in duration.
The bitumen ratio (pounds of asphalt per 100 pounds of dry aggregates) shall not vary more than 1.5- pound of asphalt above or 0.6-pound asphalt below the amount designated by the mix design and approved by the Engineer.
The polymer additive and the carbon black shall be delivered to the mixer in the relative proportions required by means of a common shaft, dual pump system. The polymer additive and the carbon black flow rates shall be independently adjustable by means of diaphragm valves and shall be sequenced through the computer controlled auto-sequencing system. The polymer additive and the carbon black shall be blended and mixed prior to their introduction into the pugmill. Introduction into the twin-shafted pugmill shall be done through an injection system, which delivers the blended material to the apex of each mixing shaft immediately prior to the introduction of the asphalt emulsion. The polymer additive and the carbon black delivery system shall each be equipped with digital electronic flow metering devices that can read in gallons per minute.
The crumb rubber delivery system shall be equipped with an air suspension unit designed to prevent clumping or bridging of the rubber material. The air discharges shall be sequenced to avoid over-suspension of the rubber. The rubber shall be delivered to the pugmill by a hydraulically driven auger and shall be initiated through the computer controlled auto-sequencing system.
The emulsion shall be introduced into the mixer by a positive displacement pump. The emulsion storage shall be equipped with a device which will automatically shut down the power DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-44
to the emulsion pump and aggregate belt feeder when the level of stored emulsion is lowered to within two inches of the suction line.
A temperature-indicating device shall be installed in the emulsion storage tank at the pump suction level.
The aggregate shall be proportioned using a belt feeder operated with an adjustable cutoff gate. The height of the gate opening shall be readily determinable.
The aggregate feeder shall be directly connected to the drive on the emulsion pump. The drive shaft of the aggregate feeder shall be equipped with an electronic digital belt. The belt delivering the aggregate to the pugmill shall be equipped with a device to monitor the depth of the aggregate being delivered to the pugmill. The device for monitoring depth of aggregate shall automatically shut down the power to the aggregate belt feeder whenever the depth of aggregate is less than 70 percent of the target depth of flow. An additional device shall monitor movement of the aggregate belt by detecting revolutions of the belt feeder. The devices for monitoring no flow or belt movement, as the case may be, shall automatically shut down the power to the aggregate belt when the aggregate belt movement is interrupted. To avoid shutdown caused by normal fluctuations in delivery rates, a delay of three seconds between sensing less than desirable storage levels of aggregate or emulsion shall be permitted.
Water delivery shall be adjusted through a diaphragm valve. Water flow rate shall be electronically displayed through a digital meter.
Set control additive flow rate shall be electronically displayed through a digital meter.
The mixer unit shall not be operated unless all electronic display and revolution counters are in good working condition and functioning and all metal guards are in place. All indicators required by these specifications shall be operational at all times.
For each working crew, the Contractor shall have two fully-operational mixers and one standby mixer for use at the project site at all times.
900-2.6 Application.
900-2.6.1 General.
The work shall consist of mixing asphaltic emulsions, aggregate, set-control additives, specially produced and graded crumb rubber, and water and spreading the mixture on the pavement where shown marked out in the field, as specified in these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. Type II RPMS shall be applied to all streets unless otherwise specified in the proposed work Appendix of this Contract or as directed by the Engineer.
Application rates shall be as follows:
The Type I RPMS shall be placed at 9 pounds per square yard based on dry aggregate weight.
The Type II RPMS shall be placed at 13.33 pounds per square yard based on dry aggregate weight.
The Type III RPMS shall be placed at 15-22 pounds per square yard based on dry aggregate weight.
900-2.6.2 Spreading.
Pre-wetting of streets will not be required unless streets are subject to high temperatures and/or dust.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
R-45
The complete mixture, after addition of water and any set-control agent used, shall be such that the mixture has proper workability and (a) will permit a traffic flow, without pilot-car-assisted traffic on the slurry seal within one hour after placement (at 78ºF.) without the occurrence of bleeding separation or other distress, and (b) will prevent development of bleeding, excessive raveling, separation or other distress within 7 days after placing the rubberized asphalt surfacing.
The Rubberized Asphalt Slurry mixture shall be spread by means of a controlled spreader box. The spreader box shall be capable of spreading traffic lane width and shall have strips of flexible rubber belting or similar material on each side of the spreader box and in contact with the pavement to positively prevent loss of slurry from the ends of the box. All spreader boxes shall be equipped with reversible motor-driven augers when placing Rubberized Asphalt Slurry. Rear flexible strike-off blades shall make close contact with the pavement, and shall be capable of being adjusted to the various crown shapes so as to apply a uniform surfacing coat. Flexible drags, to be attached to the rear of the spreader box, shall be provided as directed by the Engineer. All drags and strike-off blades (rubbers) shall be cleaned daily if problems with cleanliness and longitudinal scouring occur. The spreader box shall be clean, free of all slurry and emulsion, at the start of each work shift.
900-2.7 Compacting.
Rolling of the slurry shall commence as soon as the material has set sufficiently to adhere to the roadway without lifting or sticking to the tires. The slurry shall be rolled with a minimum of three passes with a double-axle, multiple pneumatic-tired rollers prior to opening to traffic. Rollers shall be self-propelled or drawn by tracks or tractors having rubber-tired wheels and shall be operated at a minimum tire pressure of 60 psi. Rolling shall continue until the surface is evenly rolled.
900-2.8 Public Convenience and Traffic Control.
Traffic control and scheduling for the spreading and compacting of RPMS shall conform to 7-
10.2.2.1. The Contractor shall notify all affected property owners, residents, businesses, and agencies per 7-10.2.2.1.1.
Contractor shall be responsible for adequate barricading of the work area and controlling of traffic in the vicinity of the Work as specified in 7-10.2, or as directed by the Engineer.
When necessary to provide vehicular or pedestrian crossings over the fresh slurry, the Engineer shall direct the Contractor to spread sufficient sand or rock dust on the affected area to eliminate tracking or damage to the slurry. Sand or rock dust used for this purpose shall be at the Contractor’s expense.
900-2.9 Measurement and Payment.
RPMS shall be paid based on the square footage of RPMS applied. The measurement of RPMS applied shall be calculated by dividing the weight obtained from Certified Weighmaster Certificates by the spread rate for the Type specified. The Contractor shall also present Weighmaster Certificates for the amount of such material remaining unused at the completion of the work at no cost to the Agency. Payment will be determined by deducting the amount of the unused material from the total amount of material delivered.
The pay quantity for RPMS shall be the total square footage used on the project calculated using the aforementioned procedure. Such price shall include full compensation for specified surface preparation not included in other bid items, removals, sweeping, aggregate required in the mix design, and for constructing the RPMS in place.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
W
CONSTRUCTION OF
Liberty Avenue Waterline
PROJECT NO. 2023-05
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
SECTION W – WATER
The following Special Provisions supplement and amend the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 2015 Edition (Greenbook). These Special Provisions have been arranged into a format that parallels the Greenbook.
Bidders with pre-bid inquiries regarding the Work covered in this Section should be directed to Purchasing at (951) 279-3620
Prepared By:
Victor Elia, PE _______
9-7-23__________________
Date
Reviewed:
_______________________
_______________________
Date
Kenny Nguyen
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 11/27/2023
(UPDATED: 01-19)
SECTION W – WATER
Table of Contents
SECTION 2 - SCOPE AND CONTROL OF WORK....................................................W-1 2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. ..................................................................................... W-1 SECTION 4 - SCOPE AND CONTROL OF WORK....................................................W-1 4-1.1.1 Buy-American Clause. ............................................................................................... W-1 SECTION - 10 AGENCY STANDARD DRAWINGS...................................................W-1 10-1. STANDARD WATER AND WASTEWATER CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS................ W-1 SECTION 209 – PRESSURE PIPE ............................................................................W-2 209-1.1.1 General.................................................................................................................. W-2 209-1.1.1 General.................................................................................................................. W-2 209-1.1.2 Materials. ............................................................................................................... W-4 209-1.1.2 Materials. ............................................................................................................... W-4 SECTION 212 – WATER AND SEWER SYSTEM VALVES AND
APPURTENANCES....................................................................................................W-5 212-2 FLANGED AND THREADED CONNECTIONS. ........................................................... W-5 212-2.5 Flange, Coupling, and Harness Bolts, Nuts, and Washers. ....................................... W-5 212-2.5.2 Flange, Coupling, and Harness Bolts, Nuts, and Washers for Above-Ground Ferrous or Plastic Piping....................................................................................... W-5 212-2.5.3 Applications in Corrosive, High-Chloride, or Saltwater Environments..................... W-6 212-2.7 Flange Gaskets......................................................................................................... W-6 212-2.8.3 Flange Insulating Kits............................................................................................. W-6 212-2.9 Mastic and Tape-Wrap Systems. .............................................................................. W-7 212-3 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS, CASING SPACERS, AND WALL PENETRATIONS.................................................................................................. W-7 212-3.1.1 General. ................................................................................................................. W-7 212-3.1.1 Materials. ............................................................................................................... W-7 212-3.2 Casing Spacers......................................................................................................... W-8 212-3.3 Wall Pipes, Seep Rings, and Penetrations. ............................................................... W-8 212-3.3.1. General. ................................................................................................................ W-8 212-3.4 Rubber Annular Hydrostatic Sealing Devices............................................................ W-9 212-3.4.1 General. ................................................................................................................. W-9 212-4 VALVE ACTUATORS, EXTENSIONS, AND VALVE BOXES....................................... W-9 212-4.2.2 Valve Extension Stems. ......................................................................................... W-9 212-4.2.3 Valve Can and Cover for Buried Valves. ................................................................ W-9 212-4.2.3.1. General. ............................................................................................................. W-9 212-4.3 Valve Operators for Above-Ground Valves ............................................................. W-10 212-4.3.1 General. ............................................................................................................... W-10 212-5 VALVES..................................................................................................................... W-10 212-5.1.1 General. ............................................................................................................... W-10 212-5.1.3 Design Options. ................................................................................................... W-10 212-5.1.4 Tapping Valves. ................................................................................................... W-11 212-5.1.5 Tapping Sleeves. ................................................................................................. W-11 DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
212-5.1.5 Tapping Sleeves. ................................................................................................. W-11 212-5.2 Butterfly Valves....................................................................................................... W-12 212-5.2.1 General. ............................................................................................................... W-12 212-5.3 Plug Valves............................................................................................................. W-12 212-5.3.1 General. ............................................................................................................... W-12 212-5.4 Ball Valves. ............................................................................................................. W-12 212-5.4.1 General. ............................................................................................................... W-12 212-5.5 Check Valves.......................................................................................................... W-13 212-5.5.1 Swing-Check Valves. ........................................................................................... W-13 212-5.5.1.1 General. ............................................................................................................ W-13 212-5.5.1.3 Design Options.................................................................................................. W-13 212-5.5.4 Slanting-Disc Check Valves. ................................................................................ W-13 212-5.6 Air Release, Air/Vacuum, and Combination Air Valves............................................ W-14 212-5.6.1 General. ............................................................................................................... W-14 212-5.7 Diaphragm-Actuated Pilot-Control Valves. .............................................................. W-14 212-5.7.1 General. ............................................................................................................... W-14 212-5.7.2 Materials. ............................................................................................................. W-15 212-6 HYDRANTS............................................................................................................... W-15 212-6.1 Fire Hydrants. ......................................................................................................... W-15 212-6.1.1 General. ............................................................................................................... W-15 212-6.1.1 General. ............................................................................................................... W-16 212-7 BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICES. ..................................................................... W-16 212-7.2 Double Check (DC) Valve Backflow Prevention Assemblies. .................................. W-16 212-7.3 Reduced-Pressure (RP) Backflow Prevention Assemblies...................................... W-16 212-8 COUPLINGS.............................................................................................................. W-17 212-8.1 Bolted Sleeve Type Couplings. ............................................................................... W-17 212.8.1.1 General. ............................................................................................................... W-17 212-8.2 Flanged Coupling Adaptors..................................................................................... W-17 212-8.2.1. General. .............................................................................................................. W-17 212-8.3 Coupling Restraint Systems. ................................................................................... W-18 212-8.4 Grooved and Shouldered Couplings and Joints. ..................................................... W-18 212-8.4.1 General. ............................................................................................................... W-18 212-9 EXPANSION JOINTS ................................................................................................ W-18 212-9.1 Double-Ball Expansion Joints.................................................................................. W-18 212.-9.1.1 General............................................................................................................... W-18 212-10 SERVICE LATERALS, METERS, AND METER BOXES ......................................... W-19 212-10.3 Corporation Stops, Angle Meter Valves, Service Saddles and Other Service Materials............................................................................................................. W-19 212-10.4 Meters................................................................................................................... W-20 212-10.6 Meter Boxes.......................................................................................................... W-21 212-10.6.1 General. ............................................................................................................. W-21 212-10.6.2 Dimensions. ....................................................................................................... W-21 212-11 PRESSURE GAUGES............................................................................................. W-21 212-11.1 Stem-Mounted Pressure Gauges. ......................................................................... W-21 212.-11.1.1 General. ............................................................................................................ W-21 212-11.1.2 Materials. ........................................................................................................... W-22 212-11.1.3 Design Options................................................................................................... W-22 212-11.2 Flanged In-Line Sensor Sleeve Style Pressure Gauges........................................ W-22 212-11.2.1 General. ............................................................................................................. W-22 212-12 PAINTING, INTERIOR LINING, AND EXTERIOR COATING................................... W-23 212-12.1 Lining and Coating of Ferrous Valve, Hydrant, Valve Operator, Meter, DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 01-19)
Coupling, Expansion Joint, Spool, Fitting, and Backflow Preventer Surfaces...... W-23 212-12.1.1 General. ............................................................................................................. W-23 SECTION 306 – OPEN TRENCH CONDUIT CONSTRUCTION ..............................W-24 SECTION 306-1.5.2 Permanent Resurfacing....................................................................... W-24 306-2 DELIVERY, STORAGE, HANDLING AND PROTECTION OF PIPELINE MATERIALS, FITTINGS, VALVES, AND APPURTENANCES............................ W-24 306-2.2 Shipment and Delivery. ........................................................................................... W-24 306-2.2.1 General. ............................................................................................................... W-24 306-2.3 Storage. .................................................................................................................. W-24 306-2.5 Protection of Pipe Interiors...................................................................................... W-25 306-2.7 Shutdowns of Existing Pipelines.............................................................................. W-25 306-2.7.1 General. ............................................................................................................... W-25 306-2.7.3 Temporary Bypass. .............................................................................................. W-25 306-8 PREFABRICATED PRESSURE PIPE. ...................................................................... W-25 306-8.1 General................................................................................................................... W-25 306-8.2 Ductile Iron Pipe...................................................................................................... W-26 306-8.2.2.1 Push-on Joints. ................................................................................................. W-26 306-8.2.2.3 Installation of Polyethylene (PE) Film Wrap on Iron Fittings. ............................. W-26 306-8.8.2.1 General. ............................................................................................................ W-26 306-8.8.4 Service Connections. ........................................................................................... W-26 306-8.8.6 Fire Hydrant Installation. ...................................................................................... W-26 306-8.9 Hydrostatic Pressure Test....................................................................................... W-27 306-8.9 Hydrostatic Pressure Test and Flushing.................................................................. W-27 306-8.9.2.2 Preparation. ...................................................................................................... W-27 306-8.9.2.2.1 Initial Flushing. ............................................................................................... W-27 306-8.9.2.4 Test Procedure.................................................................................................. W-29 306-8.9.4 Disinfection. ......................................................................................................... W-29 306-8.9.4.1 General. ............................................................................................................ W-29 306-8.9.4.2 Submittals. ........................................................................................................ W-29 306-8.9.4.3 Potable Water System Disinfection Procedures. ............................................... W-29 306-8.9.4.5 Dechlorination and Flushing............................................................................. W-30 306-8.9.4.6 Bacteriological Sampling and Testing................................................................ W-31 306-12 BACKFILL................................................................................................................ W-33 306-12.4 Jetted Trench Backfill............................................................................................ W-33 306-12.4.1 General. ............................................................................................................. W-33 DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-21)
W-1
SECTION 2 - SCOPE AND CONTROL OF WORK
2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
2-5.3.3 Shop Drawings.
Add the following to Table 2-5.3.3:
TABLE 2-5.3.3
Item Subsection
No.
Title Subject
7 212-1.1 Submittal Package Water and Sewer System Valves and Appurtenances
8 306-8.9.4 Disinfection Disinfection, Testing, Flushing, and Dechlorinating, Discharge to
Sewer or Storm Drain,
Laboratory Testing
SECTION 4 - SCOPE AND CONTROL OF WORK
Add the following subsection:
4-1.1.1 Buy-American Clause.
Unless otherwise shown, all materials used for water system construction shall be made in the United States of America.
Add the following section:
SECTION - 10 AGENCY STANDARD DRAWINGS
10-1. STANDARD WATER AND WASTEWATER CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS.
Agency standard drawings governing construction in the City of Corona include the following:
Standard 301 Sewer Lateral on New Sewer
Standard 302 Standard Manhole
Standard 303 Drop Manhole
Standard 304 Sewer Lateral Connection on Existing Sewer Standard 305 Not Used
Standard 306 Not Used
Standard 307 Sewer Lateral Terminal Cleanout
Standard 308 Sewer Pipe Bedding and Trench Details
Standard 309 Steel Casing for Gravity Flow Pipe
Standard 310 Concrete Slope Anchors
Standard 401 Concrete Thrust Blocks Details
Standard 402 Steel Casing for Pressure Pipe
Standard 403 Not Used
Standard 404 Potable Water Sample Station
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-21)
W-2
Standard 405 Guard Post Details
Standard 406 Potable and Reclaimed Water Pipe Bedding and Trench Details Standard 407 Potable Water Line Crossing Under Existing Utility Standard 407R Reclaimed Water Line Crossing Under Existing Utility Standard 408 1” Potable Water Service Connection Detail with Fire Sprinkler Service Standard 409 1½” and 2” Potable Water Service Connection Detail with Fire Sprinkler Service
Standard 410 Pressure Regulating Station
Standard 411R Reclaimed Water Irrigation Sign
Standard 412 6” Potable Water Fire Hydrant Installation Standard 412R 6” Reclaimed Water Fire Hydrant Installation Standard 413 1” or 2” Potable Water Combination Air and Vacuum Release Standard 413R 1” or 2” Reclaimed Water Combination Air and Vacuum Release Standard 414 1” Potable Water Service Connection Detail without Fire Sprinkler Service Standard 414R 1” Reclaimed Water Service Connection Detail Standard 415 1½” and 2” Potable Water Service Connection Detail without Fire Sprinkler Service
Standard 415R 1½” and 2” Reclaimed Water Service Connection Detail Standard 416 6” Potable Water Fire Hydrant Blow-Off Assembly Standard 416R 6” Reclaimed Water Fire Hydrant Blow-Off Assembly Standard 417 Double Check Detector Assembly
Standard 418 Adjustable Pipe Support
Standard 419 Pipeline Separation Requirements
Standard 420 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Installation
Standard 421 Cut-in Tee
Standard 422 Valve Box and Valve Stem Extension
Standard 423 Not Used
Standard 424 Meter Room Potable Water Service Connection Detail Standard 425 Courtyard Potable Water Service Connection Detail Standard 426 Potable Water Compound Flow Meter
Standard 426R Reclaimed Water Compound Flow Meter
Standard 427 Not Used
Standard 428 Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Assembly Standard 450 Two Wire Test Station
Standard 451 Not Used
Standard 452 Casing Test Station
Standard 453 Insulator Test Station
Standard 454 Test Station Box and Wiring
Standard 455 Test Station Locations in Street Right-of-Way Standard 456 Alumino-Thermic (CAD) Welding and Pin Brazing Standard 457 Bonding for Pipe Joints and Fittings
Standard 458 Insulating Joint
SECTION 209 – PRESSURE PIPE
209-1.1.1 General
Delete entire subsection and substitute with the following:
209-1.1.1 General
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-21)
W-3
This subsection specifies ductile iron pipe used for pressure piping applications for water and reclaimed water pressure pipes, sewage force mains, and other liquids. Pipe shall be fully self-restrained without the use of thrust blocks, notwithstanding the requirement for supplemental thrust blocks in City of Corona Standard Drawing 401.
PVC, HDPE, CML&C steel, asbestos cement, or concrete cylinder pipe (CCP) pressure pipe shall not be used in the City of Corona without written approval from the Engineer. Acceptable manufacturers are listed in Table 209-1.1.1:
TABLE 209-1.1.1
Item Manufacturer
Ductile-Iron Pipe American Cast Iron Pipe Company (ACIPCO) Clow Water Systems Company
Griffin Pipe Products
Pacific States Cast Iron Pipe Co Div. McWane, Inc.
U.S. Pipe and Foundry
Ductile-Iron Pipe Fittings American Cast Iron Pipe
Clow Water Systems Company
Griffin Pipe Products
Star Pipe Products
Tyler Union Div. McWane, Inc.
U.S. Pipe and Foundry
Push-on Joints American Cast Iron Pipe “Fastite”
Clow Water Systems Company
Griffin Pipe Products
Pacific States Cast Iron Pipe Co Div. McWane, Inc.
U.S. Pipe and Foundry “Tyton”
Restrained Joints – Locking
Gasket Type
American Cast Iron Pipe “Fast-Grip””
Griffin Pipe Products ”Talon”
Pacific States Cast Iron Pipe Co Div. McWane, Inc. “Sure-Stop” U.S. Pipe and Foundry “Field-Lok”
Tee-Head Bolts and Hex
Nuts on Mechanical Joints
NSS Industries Corten
Tripac
Restrained Joints - ThirdParty Follower-Gland-Type
Mechanical Joint Restraints
for Ductile Iron Pipe
EBAA Iron Megalug Series 1100
#1100 for new MJ fittings 3”-48”
#1100SD restraint for existing MJ fittings 3”-48”
Ford Uni-Flange Series 1300 Restrained End Cap for MJ fittings 4”-16”
Ford Uni-Flange Series 1400 for MJ fittings 4”-36”
Third-Party Follower-GlandType Mechanical Joint
Restraints for Joining to
Existing PVC Pipe
EBAA Iron Megalug Series 2000
#2000PV for new MJ fittings 4”-24”
#2000SV for existing MJ fittings 4”-24”
Ford Uni-Flange Series 1500 Circle Lock for MJ fittings 4”-24” Third-Party Transition
Coupling for Joining DI Pipe
to AC Pipe
Romac 501-13.55 x 14 (L) or 501-13.55 x 14.44 x 14 (L) if required. Transition Coupling
Accepted Equals
Third-Party Ductile Iron Pipe
Restraint Harness for Pushon Bells (For DIP only. Do
EBAA Iron Megalug Series 1700 Restraint Harness 3”-36”
Ford Uni-Flange Series 1450
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-21)
W-4
not use on PVC)
Flanged Coupling Adaptor
Restraints
EBBA Iron Megaflange Series 2100 3”-48”
Ford Meter Box Company, Uniflange w/ UFR 1400 3”-24”
JCM Industries, Inc. Style 301
Romac Industries RFCA
Smith Blair, Inc Style 912, “Flange Lock” DIP 3”-12”
Shop Coat on Buried Pipe Koppers 11-S Primer
Polyethylene Encasement Christy’s “AWWA Polywrap”
Dupont Alathon
Northtown Company
Trumbull Industries, Inc.
Accepted Equal
Ceramic Epoxy Lining Induron Protecto 401
Field Coatings on Buried
Pipe
Koppers Bituplastic No 33
209-1.1.2 Materials.
Add the following to Table 209-1.1.2:
TABLE 209-1.1.2
Item Material Specification
Pipe Minimum Wall Thickness Pipe with Threaded
Flanges
Thickness Class 53
Interior Lining and
Exterior Coating
Ceramic Epoxy Interior
Lining, where shown on
Plans – required for pipes
transporting sewage
Minimum 20% by volume ceramic quartz
pigment.
Joints Restrained Style
(Required on all new pipe
construction)
Locking gasket style
Fittings Style Mechanical joint (with restraint) or flanged Ductile Iron Pipe Joint
Restraints
Style Locking gasket style
209-1.1.2 Materials.
Delete the following from Table 209-1.1.2:
TABLE 209-1.1.2
Item Material Specification
Fittings Style Push-on (standard) or restrained joint (as shown).
Alternate to
Polyethylene
Encasement
Pipe Finish Coat 15 mils (375 µm) MDFT field-applied
bitumastic coating
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-21)
W-5
SECTION 212 – WATER AND SEWER SYSTEM VALVES AND APPURTENANCES 212-2 FLANGED AND THREADED CONNECTIONS.
212-2.5 Flange, Coupling, and Harness Bolts, Nuts, and Washers.
Add the following:
Acceptable manufacturers are listed in Table 212-2.5.
TABLE 212-2.5
Item Manufacturer
Anti-Seize Compound
for Stainless Steel
Bolts and Nuts
Bostik Never Seez
Christy’s Antiseize
Husk-It Husky Lube O-Seal
Loctite
Permatex
Ramco Antiseize
Ramco TRX-Synlube
Bolts and Nuts Industrial Threaded Products, Inc.
Ocean State Stainless, Inc.
Pacific Coast Bolt
Tripac Fasteners
Western Pacific Products
Buried Bolt Coatings 3M Company (EC 244)
Protecto-Wrap
Carboline Bitumastic No. 50
Engard Coatings 858
Tnemec Co. (46-465 H.B. Tnemecol)
212-2.5.2 Flange, Coupling, and Harness Bolts, Nuts, and Washers for Above-Ground Ferrous or Plastic Piping.
Delete the following from Table 212-2.5.2:
TABLE 212-2.5.2
Item Material Specification
Bolts for Above-Ground
Ferrous Installations
Zinc-Plated Carbon
Steel
ASTM A307 Grade B.
Heavy hexagon series
ANSI B1.1 Class 2A fit
Class 3A fit may be used for holes tapped for
studs.
¼” to ½” (6mm-12.5mm) shall project through
tightened nut.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-21)
W-6
Threads may be either cut or cold-formed.
Threading per ANSI/ASME B18.2.1.
Bolt-Head Identification Mark – “A307B”
Nuts for Above-Ground
Ferrous Installations
Zinc-Plated Carbon
Steel
ASTM A563.
Heavy hexagon series
ANSI B1.1 Class 2B fit.
Threading per ANSI/ASME B18.2.2.
Coating for Existing
Bolts and Nuts
Non-Oxide Grease Use on zinc-plated carbon steel hardware 212-2.5.3 Applications in Corrosive, High-Chloride, or Saltwater Environments.
Delete the following from Table 212-2.5.3:
TABLE 212-2.5.3
Item Material Specification
Coating for Buried Nuts
and Bolts
AWWA C217
Petrolatum Wax and
Wax-Tape System
Primer, wax, and 40-mil (1 mm) tape per
AWWA C217. 1” (25 mm) minimum tape
overlap with 1.5-mil (40 µm) clear
metallocene resin tape outer wrap.
212-2.7 Flange Gaskets.
Add the following:
Acceptable manufacturers are listed in Table 212-2.7:
TABLE 212-2.7
Item Manufacturer
NSF 61-Listed Flange
Gaskets
Bluegard Div. Garlock, Inc. Style 98206
PSI (Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.) “Linebacker 61” U.S. Pipe and Foundry “Flange-Tyte”
Flange Gaskets –
Cloth-Inserted
Bluegard Div. Garlock, / Inc. Style 5000
John Crane (Cranite)
Johns Manville 60
Tripac Style 5000
Flange Gaskets –
Neoprene
Bluegard Div. Garlock, Inc. Style 2000
John Crane (Cranite)
Johns Manville 60
Tripac Style 2000
212-2.8.3 Flange Insulating Kits.
Add the following:
Acceptable manufacturers are listed in Table 212-2.8.3.2.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-21)
W-7
TABLE 212-2.8.3.2
Item Manufacturer
Flange Insulation Kit
Products
APS Advance Products & Systems, Inc
Calpico, Inc.
Central Plastics Company
Corrpro Corrosion Div Control Products Company
Farwest Corrosion Control
PSI (Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.)
Insulating Reducing
Bushings
Christy’s
Insulating Gaskets Calpico, Inc.
PSI Linebacker “Type E”
212-2.9 Mastic and Tape-Wrap Systems.
Delete section in its entirety.
212-3 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS, CASING SPACERS, AND WALL PENETRATIONS 212-3.1.1 General.
Add the following:
Acceptable manufacturers are listed in Table 212-3.1.1.
TABLE 212-3.1.1
Item Manufacturer
Concrete Anchors –
Epoxy Adhesive
Anchor Systems
Hilti Corp.
Simpson Strong Tie Co. “Epoxy-Tie”
Reynolds
Pipe and Conduit
Hangers
Grinnell Corporation “Anvil”
Tripac Inc.
Unistrut Corporation
Metal Bolted Framing
Strut Systems
Tripac Inc.
Unistrut Corporation
Fiberglass Channel
Framing Systems
Champion Fiberglass “Champion Strut”
Strut Tech Engineered Support Systems
Unistrut Corporation
212-3.1.1 Materials.
Delete the following from Table 212.3.1.2:
TABLE 212-3.1.2
Item Option Specification
Bolts (Connection Bolts High Strength ASTM A325 or ASTM A490.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-21)
W-8
and Anchor Bolts) –
Steel
Carbon Steel -
Galvanized
With self-locking nuts or lock-washers and
plain nuts
Concrete Anchors –
Expansion Bolt
Systems
Stainless Steel SAE Type 316
Powder Actuated
Fastening Systems
Steel AISI 1061.
Hardness: 52-58 Rockwell C
Galvanized Coating ASTM B6333 – 2.1 mil (53µm) thickness –
1.30 oz./ft2
Pipe and Conduit
Hangers (Above
Ground)
Galvanized Coating ASTM A153 - 2.1 mil (53µm) thickness – 1.30 oz./ft2
Washers Carbon steel -
Galvanized
Square or rectangular smooth beveled
washers, tapered in thickness
Galvanized Coating ASTM A153 - 2.1 mil (53µm) thickness – 1.30 oz./ft2
212-3.2 Casing Spacers.
Add the following:
Acceptable manufacturers are listed in Table 212-3.2.
TABLE 212-3.2
Item Manufacturer
Casing Insulators -
Metallic
APS Advance Products & Systems, Inc./Model SSI
Calpico/Model PX
CCI Pipeline Systems
Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. (PSI)
Smith Blair “800” Series
Casing Insulators –
Non-Metallic
Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. (PSI) “Ranger”
Casing End Seals
Rubber
Advance Products & Systems, Inc./ Model AC
Calpico/Model C
Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. (PSI) Model S
Powerseal Pipeline Products Corp
Casing End Seals
Heat Shrinkable
Caseal
Raychem
212-3.3 Wall Pipes, Seep Rings, and Penetrations.
212-3.3.1. General.
Add the following:
Acceptable manufacturers are listed in Table 212-3.3.1.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-21)
W-9
TABLE 212-3.3.1
Item Manufacturer
PVC Pipe Penetration
Sleeve with Weep Ring
Calpico, Inc.
Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. (PSI) “Century Line” (Type S-316) PVC Wall Sleeve with
Weep Ring
Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. (PSI) “WS” Steel Wall Sleeve Polyethylene Foam
Filler for Pipe
Penetrations
Dow Chemical Company “Ethaform”
Hercules Inc Plastic Products Group Industrial Systems Department (Minicel backer rod)
Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. (PSI) “Cell-Cast”
212-3.4 Rubber Annular Hydrostatic Sealing Devices.
212-3.4.1 General.
Add the following:
Acceptable manufacturers include the following:
TABLE 251-3.4
Item Manufacturer
Rubber Annular
Hydrostatic
Sealing Devices
Calpico, Inc. “Pipe Linx”
CCI Pipeline Systems “Wrap-it Link” (Type WL-SS)
Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. (PSI) “Link Seal” (Type S-316) 212-4 VALVE ACTUATORS, EXTENSIONS, AND VALVE BOXES.
212-4.2.2 Valve Extension Stems.
Delete the following:
Extension stems on valves shall be furnished and installed wherever the valve centerline is more than 4 feet (1.2 m) below the finish grade or water surface. The extension stem shall bring the nut to within 6 inches (150 m) below the finished grade or water surface. Stem extensions shall not be pinned to the valve operating nut.
Replace with the following:
Extension stems on valves shall be furnished and installed wherever the valve centerline is more than 5 feet below the finish grade or water surface. The extension stem shall bring the nut to 2 feet below the finished grade or water surface. Stem extensions shall not be pinned to the valve operating nut.
212-4.2.3 Valve Can and Cover for Buried Valves.
212-4.2.3.1. General.
Add the following:
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-21)
W-10
Acceptable manufacturers are listed in Table 212-4.2.2.
TABLE 212-4.2.3.1
Item Manufacturer
Valve Boxes and
Covers
Christy’s G-5
Eisel Enterprises, Inc.
Jensen Precast
DFW Plastics Inc.
Valve Box Covers Alhambra Foundry Company Ltd.
Long Beach Iron Works, Inc.
Neenah Foundry
South Bay Foundry
U S Foundry and Manufacturing Corp
DFW Plastics Inc.
212-4.3 Valve Operators for Above-Ground Valves
212-4.3.1 General.
Delete entire subsection and substitute with the following:
Above-ground valves shall have 2-inch operating nuts with position indicators and a locking cap over the operating nut.
212-5 VALVES.
212-5.1.1 General.
Add the following:
Acceptable manufacturers are listed in Table 212-5.1.1.
TABLE 212-5.1.1
Item Manufacturer
Resilient Wedge Gate
Valves (Potable Water
AWWA C515)
ACIPCO American Flow Control Series 2500
Clow Valve Series 2600
Kennedy Valve Div., McWane, Inc. Kenseal II
M&H Valve Div. McWane Inc Style 7000
Mueller Co. Series 2360
212-5.1.3 Design Options.
Delete the Handwheel requirements in Table 212-5.1.3 and replace with the following.
TABLE 212-5.1.2
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-21)
W-11
Item Option Specification
Resilient Wedge Gate
Valves
Handwheel Required on above-ground valves or valves in
vaults where shown on the Plans.
212-5.1.4 Tapping Valves.
Add the following:
Acceptable manufacturers are listed in Table 212-5.1.4.
TABLE 212-5.1.4
Item Manufacturer
Tapping Valves ACIPCO American Flow Control Series 2500 Clow Valve Series F-6000
Kennedy Valve Div., McWane, Inc. Kenseal II
M&H Valve Div. McWane Inc Style 3751
Mueller Co. Series H600 or H700
212-5.1.5 Tapping Sleeves.
Add the following:
Acceptable manufacturers are listed in Table 212-5.1.4.
TABLE 212-5.1.4
Item Manufacturer
Stainless Steel Tapping
Sleeves 12” and
smaller
Dresser Piping Specialties (620 Series)
Romac Industries (Style SSTIII)
Smith Blair, Inc. (Model 663)
Stainless Steel Tapping
Sleeves Greater than
12” in Diameter
Romac Industries (Style SSTIII)
Smith Blair, Inc. (Model 663)
212-5.1.5 Tapping Sleeves.
Delete entire subsection and substitute with the following:
Tapping sleeves shall be stainless steel. Gaskets shall provide a full circumferential seal on both sides of the tap capable of withstanding the specified test pressures or be a positive-sealtype gasket capable of withstanding specified test pressures. Flanges shall match adjacent valves.Size-on-size stainless-steel-type tapping sleeves will not be permitted. Outlet taps larger than 67 percent of tapped pipe size will not be permitted unless accepted in writing by the Engineer.
Tapping sleeves may be used for working pressures up to 150 psi. At higher pressures, tapping sleeves may only be used if express written approval is obtained from the DWP General Manager or designee.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-21)
W-12
212-5.2 Butterfly Valves.
212-5.2.1 General.
Add the following:
Acceptable manufacturers are listed in Table 212-5.2.1.
TABLE 212-5.2.1
Item Manufacturer
Butterfly Valves for
Buried Service (Class
150B)
DeZurik “BAW”
Henry Pratt Co. “Groundhog II”
Butterfly Valves for Use
Above Ground with
resilient seat on valve
body (Class 150B)
DeZurik “BAW”
with hand lever up to 4”
with M series handwheel actuator 6” and larger
Henry Pratt Co. Model 2FII
with hand lever up to 4”
with Pratt MDT operator 6” and larger
212-5.3 Plug Valves.
212-5.3.1 General.
Add the following:
Acceptable manufacturers are listed in Table 212-5.3.1.
TABLE 212-5.3.1
Item Manufacturer
Eccentric Plug Valves
and Actuators –
Rectangular Port
DeZurik PEF
Eccentric Plug Valves
and Actuators – Round
Port
Henry Pratt Company “Ballcentric /Milliken Valve 3”-18” 212-5.4 Ball Valves.
212-5.4.1 General.
Add the following:
Acceptable manufacturers are listed in Table 212-5.4.1.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-21)
W-13
TABLE 212-5.4.1
Item Manufacturer
Ball Valves – Metal
Seated
APCO Willamette Valve and Primer Corporation List 26 Series 2600 Henry Pratt Company Bulletin BV-90
Ball Valves – Resilient
Seated
APCO Willamette Valve and Primer Corporation List 26 Series 2600 Henry Pratt Company Bulletin BV-90
Val-Matic Valve and Manufacturing Company “Ener-G” Series 4000 212-5.5 Check Valves.
212-5.5.1 Swing-Check Valves.
212-5.5.1.1 General.
Add the following:
Acceptable manufacturers are listed in Table 212-5.5.1.1.
TABLE 212-5.5.1.1
Item Manufacturer
Swing Check Valves M&H Valve Div McWane Inc. Style 159 (4”-12”) 212-5.5.1.3 Design Options.
Add the following to Table 212-5.5.1.3:
TABLE 212-5.5.1.3
Item Option Specification
Swing Check Valves Position Indicator Required on Valves 6” and Larger 212-5.5.4 Slanting-Disc Check Valves.
Add the following:
Acceptable manufacturers are listed in Table 212-5.5.4.
TABLE 212-5.5.4
Item Manufacturer
Slanting Disc Check
Valves with Controlled
Opening and Closing –
14”- 60”
APCO Willamette Valve and Primer Corp Series 800
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-21)
W-14
212-5.6 Air Release, Air/Vacuum, and Combination Air Valves. 212-5.6.1 General.
Delete entire subsection and substitute with the following:
Air release, air/vacuum and combination air valves shall comply with AWWA C512, except where listed acceptable manufacturers include patented air release, air vacuum and combination air valves similar in function, but not design to AWWA C512. Said products shall be capable of passing all tests described in AWWA C512 Section 5.
Acceptable manufacturers are listed in Table 212-5.6.1.
TABLE 212-5.6.1
Item Manufacturer
Air Release Valves (for working
pressures to 175 psi)
ARI Flow Control Accessories
D-040-C Series 1”- 2”
D-015 Series 3”- 8”
Air Release Valves (for working
pressures over 175 psi)
ARI Flow Control Accessories D-065 HF Series
Well Service Air Valves 3-inch and
smaller
ARI Flow Control Accessories D-070 Series
Air and Vacuum Valves ARI Flow Control Accessories
D-040-C Series 1”- 2”
S-015 Series 3”- 8”
Combination Air and Vacuum Valves ARI Flow Control Accessories D-040-C Series 1”- 2”
S-015 Series 3”- 8”
Vacuum Breaker Valve with
Controlled Air Release
ARI Flow Control Accessories D-040-C Series
Air Release Valves for Wastewater ARI Flow Control Accessories S-020 Air and Vacuum Valves for
Wastewater
ARI Flow Control Accessories D-020 or D-025
Combination Air and Vacuum Valves
for Wastewater
ARI Flow Control Accessories D-020 or D-025
Combination Air and Vacuum Valves
for Wastewater (All Stainless Steel)
ARI Flow Control Accessories
Note: ARI Flow Control Accessories products are manufactured in Israel. 212-5.7 Diaphragm-Actuated Pilot-Control Valves.
212-5.7.1 General.
Add the following:
Acceptable manufacturers are listed in Table 212-5.7.1.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-21)
W-15
TABLE 212-5.7.1
Item Manufacturer
Diaphragm Valves Cla-Val Company (no exceptions)
212-5.7.2 Materials.
Delete entire subsection and substitute with the following:
Diaphragm-actuated pilot-control valves shall be constructed of the following:
TABLE 212-5.7.2
Item Material Specification
Main Valve Body and
Cover, Disc Retainer
and Diaphragm
Washer
Ductile Iron (for
pressures
0-300 psi)
ASTM A536
Main Valve Trim: Stem,
Seat and Bonnet
Spring
SAE Type 316
Stainless Steel
ASTM A276 or A351
Stem Guide Bearings,
Upper and Lower
SAE Type 316
Stainless Steel
ASTM A276
Disc Buna-N Rubber or
EPDM for Reclaimed
Water
Diaphragm Nylon-Reinforced
Buna-N Rubber or
EPDM for Reclaimed
Water
Pilot Control System Cast Bronze with
SAE Type 316
Stainless Steel Trim
Lead free for potable water applications
ASTM A276
Piping and Tubing SAE Type 316
Stainless Steel
212-6 HYDRANTS
212-6.1 Fire Hydrants.
212-6.1.1 General.
Add the following:
Acceptable manufacturers are listed in Table 212-6.1.1
TABLE 212-6.1.1
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-21)
W-16
Item Manufacturer
Wet Barrel Fire
Hydrants (Residential
Bronze 4” x 2½”)
Clow Valve Model F2050
James Jones Company Model J3710
Wet Barrel Fire
Hydrants (Residential
Cast Iron 4” x 2½”)
Clow Valve Model F850
James Jones Company Model J4040B
Wet Barrel Fire
Hydrants (Commercial
Bronze 4” x 2½” x 2½”)
Clow Valve Model F2060
James Jones Company Model J3765
Wet Barrel Fire
Hydrants (Commercial
Cast Iron 4” x 2½” x
2½”)
Clow Valve Model F860
James Jones Company Model J4060B
Wet Barrel Fire
Hydrants (Commercial
Bronze 4” x 4” x 2½”
Double Steamer)
Clow Valve Model F2065
James Jones Company Model J3775
Wet Barrel Fire
Hydrants (Commercial
Cast Iron 4” x 4” x 2½”
Double Steamer)
Clow Valve Model F865
212-6.1.1 General.
Delete second sentence and substitute with the following:
Color scheme shall comply with City of Corona standards. If no such standards exist, hydrants shall be painted per Table 212-12.2.
212-7 BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICES.
212-7.2 Double Check (DC) Valve Backflow Prevention Assemblies.
Add the following:
Acceptable manufacturers and models are listed in the University of Southern California (USC) list of – Approved Backflow Prevention Devices available from the USC Foundation for Cross-Connection Control and Hydraulic Research. Backflow prevention assemblies must meet all lead-free requirements.
212-7.3 Reduced-Pressure (RP) Backflow Prevention Assemblies.
Add the following:
Acceptable manufacturers and models are listed in the University of Southern California (USC) list of – Approved Backflow Prevention Devices available from the USC Foundation for Cross-Connection Control and Hydraulic Research. Backflow prevention assemblies must meet all lead-free requirements.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-21)
W-17
212-8 COUPLINGS
212-8.1 Bolted Sleeve Type Couplings.
212.8.1.1 General.
Add the following:
Acceptable manufacturers are listed in Table 212-8.1.1.
TABLE 212-8.1.1
Item Manufacturer
Couplings – Steel
Bolted Sleeve Type, for
Identical Pipe Materials
on each side
Dresser Piping Specialties (Style 38)
Romac Industries (400)
Smith Blair, Inc. (Style 411)
Total Piping Solutions (Hymax)
Couplings – Steel
Bolted Transition
Sleeve Type, for
Different Pipe Materials
on each side
Dresser Piping Specialties (Style 162) or (Style 62TY.1) Romac Industries (TC400)
Smith Blair, Inc. (Style 413)
Total Piping Solutions (Hymax)
Couplings – Ductile
Iron Bolted Sleeve
Type System, for
Identical or Different
Pipe Materials on Each
Side
Romac Industries (501) or (XR501)
Smith Blair, Inc. (Style 461 Quantum)
Couplings – Ductile
Iron Bolted Sleeve
Extended Range Type
for Identical or Different
Pipe Materials on Each
Side
Romac Industries (501)
Smith Blair, Inc. (Style 462 Quantum)
212-8.2 Flanged Coupling Adaptors
212-8.2.1. General.
Add the following:
Acceptable manufacturers are listed in Table 212-8.2.1.
TABLE 212-8.2.1
Item Manufacturer
Couplings, Flanged
Coupling Adaptor for
Ductile Iron Pipe
Romac Industries (FCA 501)
Smith Blair, Inc. (Style 912) 3”- 12”
Smith Blair, Inc. (Style 913) 3”- 24”
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-21)
W-18
Couplings, Flanged
Coupling Adaptor
(Restrained)
EBAA Iron Megaflange Series 2100 3”-24”
Ford Meter Box Company (Restrained Flange Adaptor with UFR 1400) 3”- 24”
212-8.3 Coupling Restraint Systems.
Delete the following from Table 212.8.3:
TABLE 212-8.3
Item Material Specification
Tie Rods – Steel Carbon Steel ASTM A193 Grade B7 threaded rods. Do not use all-thread.
Galvanized Coating ASTM A123 – 3.4 mil (90 µm) thickness –
2.00 oz./ft2(610 g/m2)
212-8.4 Grooved and Shouldered Couplings and Joints.
212-8.4.1 General.
Add the following:
Acceptable manufacturers are listed in Table 212-8.4.1
TABLE 212-8.4.1
Item Manufacturer
Couplings – Flexible
Grooved Type for Steel
Pipe 4” through 24”
Victaulic Company of America, Inc. (Style 77)
Couplings – RollGrooved Type for Steel
Pipe 28” through 42”
Victaulic Company of America, Inc. (Style 770)
Couplings –Shouldered
Type for Steel Pipe 4”
through 60”
Victaulic Company of America, Inc. (Style 44 with Vic-Ring) Couplings – Grooved
Type for Ductile Iron
Pipe 3 “ through 36”
Victaulic Company of America, Inc. (Style 31)
212-9 EXPANSION JOINTS
212-9.1 Double-Ball Expansion Joints.
212.-9.1.1 General
Add the following:
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-21)
W-19
Acceptable manufacturers are listed in Table 212-9.1.1.
TABLE 212-9.1.1
Item Manufacturer
Expansion Joints –
Double-Ball Type with
Telescoping Ductile
Iron Sleeve
EBAA Iron (Flex-Tend)
Expansion Joints –
Double Ball Type Force
Balanced
EBAA Iron (Forced Balanced Flex-Tend)
212-10 SERVICE LATERALS, METERS, AND METER BOXES
212-10.3 Corporation Stops, Angle Meter Valves, Service Saddles and Other Service Materials.
Add the following:
Acceptable manufacturers are listed in Table 212-10.3.
TABLE 212-10.3
Item Manufacturer
Angle Meter Stop (Ball
Valve)
Ford Meter Box Co. BA43-444W-NL
James Jones E-1963WSG or E-1975WSG
Mueller Company B-24258N or B-24276N
A.Y.McDonald Mfg. Co. 74602BQ or 74602BCSQ
Brass Body Type 304L
Stainless Steel DoubleStrap Service Saddles
for AC, CIP, DIP, and
PVC Pipe
Ford Meter Box Co. Style 202BSD and 202BS
Mueller Company BR2S and BR2W Series
James Jones J-969 and J-969W Series
A.Y.McDonald Mfg. Co. 3825 and 3826
Brass Body Flattened
Bronze Double-Strap
Service Saddles for
DIP Only
Ford Meter Box Co. Style 202B
Mueller Company BR2B Series
James Jones J-979 Series
Corporation Stops Ford Meter Box Co. FB1000-3-Q-NL, FB1000-4-Q-NL, FB1000-6-QNL, or FB1000-7-Q-NL James Jones E1935SG
Mueller Company B-25028N
A.Y. McDonald Mfg. Co. 74704BQ
Customer Service
Meter Valves
Ford Meter Box Co. Style B13-344W-NL and B13-444W-NL with “lock off” handle
James Jones Style E-1900W with “lock off” handle
Mueller Company B24351N or B-20200N with “lock off” handle A.Y. McDonald Mfg. Co. 76101MW with “lock off” handle
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-21)
W-20
Meter Bolts – Silicon
Bronze
Tripac Fasteners
Meter Yokes Ford Meter Box Co.
Mueller Company. EZ Setter
212-10.4 Meters.
Delete entire subsection and substitute with the following:
Acceptable types of meters shall be as shown on the Plans or Standard Plans.
Registers shall be straight-reading type, hermetically sealed, having a register test hand.
Registration shall be in gallons or cubic feet as shown in the Special Provisions. Registration accuracy shall comply with AWWA or these Special Provisions. Meters 5/8-inch through 2-inch in size shall provide remote read capabilities for remote meter reading system. Meters larger than 2-inch size shall be installed in above-ground locations. Magnetic meters shall provide local read with 4-20mA signal output where required by City.
Acceptable manufacturers are listed in Table 212-10.4.1 TABLE 212-10.4.1
Item Manufacturer
Positive Displacement
Flow Meters
Neptune Model T-10
Compound Flow
Meters
Neptune Tru/Flow Compound
Magnetic Flow Meters Endress + Hauser Promag 400
Meters shall conform to the following:
TABLE 212-10.4.2
Type of Meter Size Range Case Specification
Positive Displacement
Meters
5/8” through 1-1/2” Lead Free High
Copper Alloy
Accuracy to 1.5%
within normal
operating flow range –
remote read capable
Compound Meters 2” Lead Free High
Copper Alloy
Accuracy to 1.5%
within normal
operating flow range –
remote read capable
Compound Meters 3” through 8” Lead Free High
Copper Alloy
Accuracy to 1.5%
within normal
operating flow range
Magnetic Meters 4” through
54”
Epoxy-Lined and
Coated Steel
Accuracy to 0.5%
within flow range
having 20:1 minimum
turndown ratio
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-21)
W-21
212-10.6 Meter Boxes.
Delete entire subsection and substitute with the following:
212-10.6.1 General.
Meter boxes and lids in parkways and areas not subject to traffic shall be polymer. Meter boxes and lids subject to traffic shall be concrete, H-20 traffic load rated. Provide remote read lid labeled “WATER”.
Acceptable manufacturers are listed in Table 212-10.6.1.
TABLE 212-10.6.1
Item Manufacturer
Meter Box for
1” Meter and Smaller
without Fire Sprinkler
Service
DFW Plastic Inc. DFWPW6C4-12-4F (16-5/16” x 31-3/4”)
Meter Box for
1” Meter and Smaller
with Fire Sprinkler
Service
DFW Plastic Inc. DFWPW6C4-12-4F (16-5/16” x 31-3/4”)
Meter Box for
1½” Meter and 2” Meter
DFW Plastic Inc. DFWPW6C4-12-4F (16-5/16” x 31-3/4”)
H-20 Load Rated
Concrete Meter Box for
2” Meter and Smaller
DFW Plastic Inc. DFWPW6C4-12-4F (16-5/16” x 31-3/4”)
212-10.6.2 Dimensions.
Minimum meter box dimensions shall conform to the following:
TABLE 212-10.6.2
Size of Meter Interior Length
(Below Lip)
Interior Width
(Below Lip)
Depth
¾” or less 25” 13” 12”
1” 25” 13” 12”
1½” 29” 16” 12”
2” 29” 16” 12”
212-11 PRESSURE GAUGES
212-11.1 Stem-Mounted Pressure Gauges.
212.-11.1.1 General.
Add the following:
Acceptable manufacturers are listed in Table 212-11.1.
TABLE 212-11.1.1
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-21)
W-22
Item Manufacturer
Pressure Gauges –
Stem-Mounted
Bourdon Tube Type
Ashcroft Type 1008S (0-300 psi)
U.S. Gauge Company (Ametek)
Wika Instrument Corporation Div Ryan Herco
212-11.1.2 Materials.
Delete the following from Table 212.11.1.2:
TABLE 212-11.1.2
Item Material Specification
Case ABS
Delete and substitute the following in Table 212.11.1.2:
TABLE 212-11.1.2
Item Material Specification
Window Polycarbonate
Acrylic
212-11.1.3 Design Options.
Delete and substitute the following in Table 212.11.1.3:
TABLE 212-11.1.3
Item Option Specification
Dial Calibrated Pressure
Range
0-200 psi unless otherwise shown on plans or
operating pressure exceeds 175 psi. 0-300
psi if operating pressure exceeds 175 psi.
212-11.2 Flanged In-Line Sensor Sleeve Style Pressure Gauges 212-11.2.1 General.
Delete first sentence and substitute with the following:
Flanged in-line sensor sleeve style pressure gauges shall be used in wastewater applications.
Add the following:
Acceptable manufacturers are listed in Table 212-11.2.1.
TABLE 212-11.2.1
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-21)
W-23
Item Manufacturer
Pressure Sensors and
Gauges – Flanged inline Sensor Sleeve
Style
Cla-Val Company CVPS
Onyx Valve
Red Valve Company (Series 40)
212-12 PAINTING, INTERIOR LINING, AND EXTERIOR COATING. 212-12.1 Lining and Coating of Ferrous Valve, Hydrant, Valve Operator, Meter, Coupling, Expansion Joint, Spool, Fitting, and Backflow Preventer Surfaces. 212-12.1.1 General.
Add the following:
Acceptable manufacturers are listed in Table 212-12.1.1.
TABLE 212-12.1.1
Item Manufacturer
NSF-Approved FusionBonded Epoxy Linings
and Coatings
3M Scotchkote 134, 206N or 6233
Northtown Keysite 740
Fusion-Bonded Epoxy
Linings and Coatings
(Not NSF 61-Listed)
3M Scotchkote 134, 135, 203, 206, 206-N or 6233
Gilpon
Northtown Keysite 740
Valspar “Pipe Clad” 1500 Red
Field-Applied Liquid
Epoxy Linings and
Coatings for Patching
3M Scotchkote 306
Field-Applied Liquid
Epoxy Linings and
Coatings for Patching
Welded Steel Pipe
3M Scotchkote 302
NSF-Approved Liquid
Epoxy Linings and
Coatings
3M Scotchkote 323
ICI Devoe - Sinclair - ICI Dulux Paint Div. Glidden Co. Bar Rust 233 series
Tnemec Pota-Pox L140
Liquid Epoxy Linings
and Coatings
3M Scotchkote 312 or 314
ICI Devoe - Sinclair - ICI Dulux Paint Div. Glidden Co. Bar Rust 233 series
Tnemec Pota-Pox L140
(For nonpotable water use Tnemec Series L69)
Polyethylene
Encasement for
Corrosion Protection
Christy’s “AWWA Polywrap”
Dupont Alathon
Northtown Company
Trumbull Industries, Inc.
Tape for Polyethylene Berry Plastics “Polyken No 900”
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-21)
W-24
Encasement Plicoflex No 340
Protecto Wrap No 200
Scotchwrap (3M), No 50
Tapecoat Co., CT
SECTION 306 – OPEN TRENCH CONDUIT CONSTRUCTION
SECTION 306-1.5.2 Permanent Resurfacing
Add the following after the last paragraph:
Limits of AC overlay shall extend to edge of pavement or nearest lane line with a 2-foot minimum taper.
Disturbing more than one lane requires an overlay over the width of all lanes affected by the Work. For two-lane roadways, the requirement will be from centerline to edge of pavement overlay.
306-2 DELIVERY, STORAGE, HANDLING AND PROTECTION OF PIPELINE MATERIALS, FITTINGS, VALVES, AND APPURTENANCES.
306-2.2 Shipment and Delivery.
306-2.2.1 General.
Add the following:
a) Only new pipeline products of accepted manufacturers shall be delivered to or used on the site.
b) Contractor shall not ship, accept delivery of, or store manufactured items on site for which applicable submittals have not been approved.
c) Before shipping, the pipe, valves, motors, actuators and mechanical equipment shall be operated and tested at the factory to ensure products are complete and in working condition. Submit certified test results.
d) Within one working day following pipe delivery, remove the pipe end covers, swab the entire pipe interior with a bleach solution, replace pipe end covers, and securely wrap the plastic and tape. Retain pipe end covers and plastic wrap covering on pipe until pipe is installed in trench.
306-2.3 Storage.
Add the following:
m) No pipe or materials shall be left along right-of-way overnight.
Pipe or materials may be allowed to be left along right-of-way overnight outside of traveled area and behind curb and gutter or edge of pavement with preapproved City written authorization. Contractor shall be responsible for his own protection against theft or vandalism and shall demonstrate that the overnight stringing of pipe or materials will not be a hazard to the public.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-21)
W-25
306-2.5 Protection of Pipe Interiors.
Delete first sentence of the second paragraph and substitute with the following:
Cover with rubber, plastic, or canvas during shipping, storage, and staging for installation pressure pipe and clean water gravity pipe, pipe ends, fitting ends, valve ends, and equipment openings to prevent intrusion or contamination. Pipes and fittings without openings covered will not be accepted for delivery.
306-2.7 Shutdowns of Existing Pipelines.
306-2.7.1 General.
Delete entire subsection and substitute with the following:
Work requiring the shut-down of an existing pipeline for the Contractor’s benefit shall be performed by forces employed by the City of Corona or affected utility if not City-owned. Under no circumstances shall the Contractor operate valves, hydrants or other appurtenant equipment on existing public utilities.
The City, or utility owner, will make a concerted effort to isolate pressure pipelines as planned. However, the Contractor shall be prepared to employ pumping and dewatering equipment if a watertight seal cannot be achieved by City or utility forces. The Agency will not be responsible for any delays or expenses due to difficulties with system shutdown and isolation.
All emergency situations shall be reported immediately to the affected utility. 306-2.7.3 Temporary Bypass.
Delete entire subsection and substitute with the following:
Where main shutdowns in excess of 4 hours are required, the City, or affected utility, will determine what temporary bypasses or service connections may be required. The Contractor shall furnish all necessary hose, piping, valves, water trucks, disinfection, and labor to provide and maintain temporary service. All piping, hoses and associated equipment used for temporary potable water service shall be flushed and disinfected in accordance with 306-8.9.4. 306-8 PREFABRICATED PRESSURE PIPE.
306-8.1 General.
Add the following:
Unless otherwise shown, water pipe, fittings, and appurtenances used in the City of Corona shall be fully self-restrained ductile iron pipe. PVC pressure pipe shall not be used in the City of Corona.
Except for short runs, sections of pipe shall be installed in a sequence moving in an upgrade direction on grades exceeding 10 percent. Pipe installed in a downgrade direction shall be secured to prevent movement.
Closure and correction pieces shall be provided as required to adjust the pipe installation to conform to the pipe alignment and stationing shown.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-21)
W-26
Pipe will be inspected in the field before and after installation. Pipe which is not in true alignment or shows any undue settlement after installation shall be removed and re-installed. If any cause for rejection is discovered in a pipe after it has been installed, it shall be subject to rejection. Corrective work shall be approved by the Engineer. 306-8.2 Ductile Iron Pipe
306-8.2.2.1 Push-on Joints.
Delete the sentence describing the use of flex-ring, split-ring, or ring segments restraint and substitute with the following:
Push-on restrained joints shall incorporate locking gasket type restraint and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation and warranty instructions for the joint design used.
306-8.2.2.3 Installation of Polyethylene (PE) Film Wrap on Iron Fittings.
Delete paragraph c) and substitute with the following:
c) Film wrap shall not be installed on pipe sections or fittings to be concrete encased, installed within casing, or installed through concrete slope anchors. 306-8.8.2.1 General.
Add the following:
Valves and appurtenances shall be constructed in accordance with the City of Corona Standard Plans.
306-8.8.4 Service Connections.
Delete entire subsection and substitute with the following:
Service connections shall be constructed as shown on the Plans and in accordance with the City of Corona Standard Plans. Minimum service connection size shall be 1 inch. Where mains are laid in paved streets, service connections 2 inches and smaller shall be installed by boring rather than by cutting the pavement unless prior written approval from the Engineer is obtained to avoid conflict with other utilities.
Service laterals shall be placed under curbs and gutters by boring rather than by open trenching. The letter “W” shall be inscribed in the center of the curb face in line with each meter installation. The “W” shall be approximately 1½ inches high and 1/16 inch deep. No kinks, flats, crushes or other reductions in the diameter of service laterals will be permitted.
Add the following:
306-8.8.6 Fire Hydrant Installation.
Fire hydrants shall be constructed in accordance with the City of Corona Standard Plans.
The hydrant lateral shall be flushed through each fire hydrant with a City of Corona Fire Department Representative present to test for maximum fire flow capabilities. The Contractor shall notify the Fire Department 72 hours in advance of such test.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-21)
W-27
306-8.9 Hydrostatic Pressure Test.
Delete entire heading and substitute with the following:
306-8.9 Hydrostatic Pressure Test and Flushing.
306-8.9.2.2 Preparation.
Add the following after the first paragraph:
Four-hour hydrostatic pressure test shall proceed prior to placing permanent surfacing, but after the following have occurred:
a) Pipe appurtenances and permanent thrust blocks shall be installed and backfilled sufficiently to provide the required bearing area.
b) Trench backfill involving compactive effort using heavy-duty compacting equipment weighing more than 100 pounds shall be completed.
c) Thrust blocks and other field-placed concrete and mortar in contact with the pipe shall have been in place and allowed to cure for at least 7 days. d) Valves shall be verified by the Contractor to be bubble-tight and closed where available. e) Butterfly valves or other valves having a working pressure rating less than the test pressure shall be braced and blocked by the Contractor to provide a minimum backpressure on these devices equal to the difference between the test pressure the valve or device’s rated working pressure.
f) Temporary bulkheads shall be placed in the pipe where valves are not available. g) Air test gauges shall be laboratory calibrated no more than one year prior to test. h) Contractor shall make arrangements to meter, pay for, deliver and dispose of test water. i) At least 24 hours before the test the pipeline shall be filled slowly with the air vents open and maintained at operating pressure for at least 24 hours to satisfy any system water absorption.
j) Air shall be expelled from the pipeline to the best of the Contractor’s ability. k) Bulkheads, valves, and connections shall be examined for leaks and corrective measures shall be taken to eliminate any leaks discovered. l) The Engineer shall be present to verify testing and record results. m) The Engineer shall be allowed to verify all intermediate valves are in the open position so “short-sheeting” cannot occur during pressure testing.
Test pressure shall be 200 psi as measured at the highest elevation of the water main under test.
Delete the entire second, third and fourth paragraphs and add the following sections:
306-8.9.2.2.1 Initial Flushing.
The Contractor shall flush all potable water mains and services with potable water to flush out debris prior to disinfection in accordance with the City provided flushing plan. Nonpotable DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-21)
W-28
water may be used for flushing of nonpotable water mains and services.
Work includes providing, installing and removing fittings, connectors, manifolds, piping, hoses, adapters, and construction water meter and backflow prevention device required to provide source water as necessary to flush mains and services to achieve the required minimum flushing velocity over the entire length of the pipe as tabulated below. .
PIPE
DIAMETER
REQUIRED
FLUSHING
VELOCITY
REQUIRED
FLUSHING
FLOW
NUMBER
OF
SOURCE
HYDRANTS
REQUIRED
MINIMUM
SIZE
SUPPLY
FITTING
MINIMUM
SIZE
SUPPLY
HOSE
OR PIPE
MINIMUM
SIZE
DRAIN
FITTING
MINIMUM
SIZE
DRAIN
HOSE
OR PIPE
6-inch 5 FPS 440 gpm 1 4-inch 4-inch 4-inch 4-inch
8-inch 5 FPS 790 gpm 1 4-inch 4-inch 4-inch 4-inch
10-inch 5 FPS 1,223 gpm 1 6-inch 6-inch 6-inch 6-inch
12-inch 5 FPS 1,762 gpm 2 8-inch 6-inch 8-inch 8-inch
16-inch 3 FPS 1,870 gpm 2 8-inch 6-inch 8-inch 8-inch
20-inch 3 FPS 2,936 gpm 3 10-inch 6-inch 10-inch 10-inch 24-inch 2.5 FPS 3,523 gpm 3 12-inch 6-inch 12-inch 12-inch 30-inch 2.5 FPS 5,505 gpm 4 12-inch 6-inch 12-inch 12-inch Remove fire hydrant head and install flanged tee at supply source for flushing all water mains larger than 8-inch diameter.
The backflow device and metered connection to the potable supply will be sized to meet this minimum flow requirement. Supporting calculations shall be submitted with the disinfection, testing, flushing and dechlorination plan. Velocities through outlets and fittings shall not exceed 25 feet per second (750 m/s) during flushing.
All pipelines shall be flushed for sufficient time to achieve 3 exchanges of the total volume of the pipeline as a minimum and until the flushing water exits the pipe in a clear condition having not more than 2 NTU turbidity as measured with a potable turbidity meter and not more than 0.5 mg/L suspended solids as measured in an eimhoff cone at all outlets.
Drainage facilities shall be constructed as necessary to ensure water lines do not become contaminated during flushing. The Contractor shall secure and adhere to the NPDES permit. If the Contractor is allowed to operate under the City’s De Minimis Discharge permit, the Contractor will be charged for the hours necessary to supervise the preparation of lagoons, sampling, and laboratory analysis necessary to ensure compliance. The Contractor shall bear all direct and indirect costs.
Test or flushing water may be discharged to sanitary sewer system rather than discharging to storm drain, provided Contractor obtains and submits to Engineer a copy of written permission to discharge from sanitary sewer owner including supplementary information described above under Submittals. Schedule discharges to sewers during off-peak periods as recommended by sewer owner.
No entity or agent other than City of Corona DWP staff shall operate any valve or facility of the approved distribution system without the written consent and direct supervision of the DWP Chief Water Operator or designated representative.
Upon satisfactory test completion, permanently cap or plug any outlets used for flushing, testing or air release.
Unless otherwise specified, the Contactor shall make the arrangements for, and provide the water for, flushing and its subsequent discharge.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-21)
W-29
306-8.9.2.4 Test Procedure.
Add the following after the second paragraph:
The test pressure for sewage force mains and pressure sanitary sewers shall be 120% of the maximum working pressure shown on Plans unless the test pressure is specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
Add the following after the ninth paragraph:
When leakage exceeds the amount allowed by the Specifications, the Contractor shall locate the leaks and make the necessary repairs or replacements in accordance with the Specifications to reduce the leakage or infiltration to the specified limits. Individual detectable leaks shall be repaired, regardless of the results of the tests. 306-8.9.4 Disinfection.
306-8.9.4.1 General.
Add the following:
Where the City’s standard is more stringent than the associated AWWA standards, the City’s standard shall supersede the AWWA standard.
Disinfection operations shall be scheduled by the Contractor as late as possible during the Contract time period to assure the maximum degree of sterility of the facilities at the time the Work is accepted by the City.
306-8.9.4.2 Submittals.
Delete “If requested by the Engineer” from the first section of Table 306-8.9.4.2 under the “Description” column.
306-8.9.4.3 Potable Water System Disinfection Procedures.
Delete entire section and substitute with the following:
All potable water pipelines except those appurtenant to hydraulic structures shall be disinfected in accordance with the requirements of AWWA C651 using the Continuous-Feed Method as modified herein. The Contractor shall provide sampling locations in accordance with AWWA C651, the California Department of Public Health Safe Drinking Water Systems regulations, and requirements herein.
Preliminary and final flushing shall be performed on mains, which have been hydrostatically tested in accordance with the flushing plan.
Disinfection shall not be combined with any other activity such as pressure testing or flushing. Disinfection shall be against a capped or plugged line. The new main will be accepted as a whole and not in portions as they pass inspection. The only exception will be for very large projects where physical separations are used at predetermined locations and the procedures are clearly detailed in the pre-approval plan.
Contractor shall not allow chlorinated water to remain in contact with internal waterway ports of pumps, valves, and sensor line assemblies for longer than required to perform disinfection process.
All chemicals for chlorination and temporary valves, temporary blow-offs, bulkheads, DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-21)
W-30
backflow devices to prevent the strong chlorine solution in the line being disinfected from backflowing into the line supplying the water, or other necessary devices, chemicals or and materials shall be furnished by the Contractor. No materials shall be used which would be injurious to the pipeline or its future function. Contractor shall keep adequate chlorine residual testing and indicating apparatus available on site during the entire disinfection period.
Unless otherwise indicated, potable water for testing and disinfecting water pipelines shall be furnished by the Contractor. Contractor shall also make all necessary arrangements for conveying the water to the points of use.
Chlorine for disinfection shall be in the form of sodium hypochlorite solution. The use of chlorine gas is not allowed. Sodium hypochlorite solution shall be used only:
a) Under the direct supervision of an experienced technician; b) When all safety practices are observed.
Disinfection shall be accomplished by chlorination. Chlorinating and testing operations shall be performed in the presence of the City’s Representative.
A chlorine-water mixture shall be uniformly introduced into the pipeline by means of a solution-feed chlorinating device. The chlorine solution shall be introduced at one end of the pipeline through a tap in such a manner that as the pipeline is filled with water, the dosage produced in all sections of the pipelines and appurtenances shall be not less than 50 mg/l nor more than 100 mg/l. Contractor shall make 24-hour chlorine residual tests and notify the Engineer of all chlorine test results.
Chlorinated water shall be retained in the pipeline for at least 24 hours. After the chlorinetreated water has been retained for the required time, the free chlorine residual at the pipeline extremities and at other representative points shall be at least 50 mg/l free chlorine. If the tests are not satisfactory, the Contractor shall provide additional disinfection as required until all tests are passed.
Placing of HTH capsules or powder in pipe sections during the laying process will not be considered adequate disinfection. The Contractor shall keep adequate chlorine residual testing and indicating apparatus available on site during the entire disinfection period. After final flushing, Contractor shall plug flushing fittings with devices intended for this purpose at pressure class of pipe. Where water main is coated for disinfection, plugs and outlets shall be similarly coated.
Contractor shall keep and provide accurate documentation of dosing rate (ppm), time of dosing and duration. Dosing agent’s name, contact information and signature shall be provided.
Disinfection testing procedure shall be repeated if the initial tests fail to produce satisfactory results. Two consecutive satisfactory test results shall be required after any unsatisfactory test.
The tablet method shall not be used for repeated disinfection.
During disinfection, all valves, hydrants, and other accessories shall be operated. All appurtenances shall be disinfected. Pipe and appurtenances used to connect the newly installed water main shall also be disinfected in accordance with AWWA C651. 306-8.9.4.5 Dechlorination and Flushing.
Add the following after the first paragraph:
Final Flushing shall be done by the Contractor after satisfactory chlorine residual test results have been returned and accepted by the Engineer.
Dechlorinate and remove pollutants from water flushed from water mains where discharging or draining to gutters, streets, storm drains, or any constructed or natural drainage channels (waters of the State) in accordance with AWWA C655 and NPDES Permit applicable for pipeline DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-21)
W-31
flushing.
Water flushed from water mains and spread on-site with no runoff does not require dechlorination.
Flushing water may be discharged to sanitary sewer system as alternative to discharging to storm drain, provided Contractor obtains and submits to City a copy of written permission to discharge from sanitary sewer owner including supplementary information described above under Submittals. Schedule discharges to sewers during off-peak periods as recommended by sewer owner.
After the applicable retention period, the heavily chlorinated water shall be flushed from the pipeline at its extremities until chlorine measurements show the concentration in the water leaving the pipeline is equal chemically and bacteriologically to those of permanent source of supply. A reducing agent shall be applied to the water to neutralize thoroughly the chlorine residual remaining in the water in accordance with AWWA C655 and the NPDES Permit applicable for the Water Quality Region in which the discharge occurs.
The following are parameters for flushing after disinfection:
a) High chlorine concentration (super-chlorinated) water will be flushed completely from the main and discharged in compliance with the requirements of the NPDES general permit. b) The NPDES general discharge permit requires neutralization of the chlorine before it contacts the “waters of the State.” How this will be achieved shall also be covered in the approved flushing and disinfection plan. A field test kit shall be used to adjust the neutralization. Samples shall be collected and analyzed by the colorimetric method to demonstrate the effectiveness of the neutralization.
c) The NPDES general discharge permit (Table E-1) lists the discharge event parameters requiring monitoring for discharge of super-chlorinated water. d) The NPDES general discharge permit (Table E-2) requires one sample collected for discharge durations less than 20 minutes, and one sample during the first 10 minutes and a second sample within the last 10 minutes for flushing durations between 20 minutes and 60 minutes.
e) All discharges must be <0.10mg/L Total Cl2 residual. f) Total chlorine residual will be measured in the source water. A field test kit that measures total and free chlorine and is approved for potable water reporting purposes shall be used. Pool kits are not acceptable. When the same total chlorine residual as measured in the source water is detected at all outlets and no free chlorine is present, then the flushing is complete.
306-8.9.4.6 Bacteriological Sampling and Testing.
Delete entire section and substitute with the following:
Provide not less than 5 business days advance notification to the City of all sampling activities to include proposed sampling location, description of sampling point, and name of firm or individual who will perform sampling. Provide sketch or plan showing the proposed sampling locations in accordance with AWWA C651, the California Department of Public Health Safe Drinking Water Systems regulations, and requirements herein. A City-provided flushing and disinfection plan may be used to meet this requirement to the extent the flushing and disinfection plans shows proposed sampling locations.
Sampling shall be accomplished by a qualified sampler employed by a certified laboratory.
Laboratory certification shall be evidenced in the approved plan.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-21)
W-32
The qualified sampler employed by a certified laboratory shall collect a minimum of 2 sets of samples on consecutive days not less than 16 hours nor more than 24 hours apart after completion of final flushing. Deliver bacteriological samples to a certified laboratory for bacteriological testing.
No flushing or any movement of water in the pipe is allowed during sampling phase.
Provide legible chain of custody documentation from point of sampling to laboratory for each sampling location. Do not comingle samples from different projects or different parts of the same project on the chain of custody or testing report.
Locations for water sampling for bacteriologic testing shall follow the requirements of AWWA C651 and shall be taken from each end of the disinfected main (located downstream of point of introduction of chlorine disinfectant), all branches of the new main, at intermediate points at intervals no greater than 300-feet, and at the downstream side of the backflow preventer at the flushing supply. The chain of custody shall describe this sample point as “Backflow”. Sample points shall conform to those submitted in the approved disinfection plan. A second set of samples shall be collected from the same sample points as the first samples, without exception, not less than 16 hours nor more than 24 hours after the first set of samples were collected. Test results showing different numbers of samples or different locations of sample points shall be cause for rejection of the bacti results.
Temperature, total chlorine and free chlorine residuals shall be measured with a field test kit and recorded by the sampler on the “chain of custody” form. Both sample sets shall be analyzed for total and fecal coliform presence/absence and heterotrophic plate count. The Contractor may choose to request resample to verify or discredit laboratory results when one or two of many are unsatisfactory and a sampling error is suspected. The City of Corona reserves the right to sample for bacteria at its own discretion with notice.
Source water shall also be sampled two weeks prior to sampling and bacteriological testing, or the nearest water quality sample station’s most recent results shall be used to determine the baseline water quality for the duration of the project. Source water sampling shall be under the supervision of the City’s Water Production and Distribution Division staff.
Testing procedures shall follow the current edition of the Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater. Satisfactory bacteriological results shall be as follows:
a) No total or fecal coliform,
b) heterotrophic plate count less than 500CFU and
c) Cl2 residual shall be no less than 50 percent of the source water Passing bacteriological tests on two consecutive days shall be achieved prior to placing the pipeline into service. In the event disinfection fails to produce satisfactory results in total or fecal coliform, the pipe shall be re-flushed, re-disinfected, resampled, and retested. In the event disinfection fails to produce satisfactory results in only heterotrophic plate count, the pipe may be re-flushed, resampled and retested one time at the City’s discretion with City’s written approval. If results from analysis of the second samples exceed the above criteria, the pipe shall be re-flushed, re-disinfected, resampled and retested until satisfactory results are obtained. All sampling and laboratory testing shall be at Contractor’s expense. The Contractor shall be responsible for all repeat bacteriological testing costs. 306-8.9.5 Pipeline Commissioning.
Delete entire section and substitute with the following:
Pipeline shall be placed into service as soon as practical and within seven (7) calendar days following receipt of passing bacteriological test results. Failure to place the pipeline into service DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199 (UPDATED: 07-21)
W-33
within the time limit stipulated will require the Contractor to reflush, resample, and retest the pipeline at the Contractor’s cost prior to placing pipeline into service. Provide not less than 3 business days advance notification to the City for all pipeline connections to enable City to provide engineering and field support. Connections shall be performed only on Tuesdays, Wednesdays, or Thursdays.
306-12 BACKFILL
306-12.4 Jetted Trench Backfill
306-12.4.1 General.
Add the following:
Jetting of backfill shall not be permitted for potable water main construction.
DocuSign Envelope ID: CB2B6D62-0B63-402D-BBA9-9D02A6FB1199
CITY OF CORONA
FINANCE DEPARTMENT – PURCHASING DIVISION
===============================================
February 27, 2024
SUBJECT: Notice Inviting Bids, NIB 24-044CA
ADDENDUM 1
LIBERTY AVENUE WATERLINE REPLACEMENT PROJECT
This Addendum No. 1 to the subject Notice Inviting Bids (NIB) extends the bid due date, revises the scope of work/provides clarification, and replaces the Bid Schedule.
All provisions of and attachments to this Addendum No. 1 are hereby incorporated by reference into the subject NIB. Contractors shall account for all provisions pursuant to this Addendum No. 1 in submitting their bids. Each contractor shall acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in their bid.
1. Bid & Contract Documents:
Notice Inviting Bids. Notice Inviting Bids, page 1, paragraph 1, is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
1.1 The City of Corona (City) will receive sealed bids for the Liberty Avenue Waterline Replacement Project, Project No. UT-2023-05, NIB No. 24- 044CA, through the City’s PlanetBids electronic bidding system, no later than March 7, 2024, 2:00 PM, Bids submitted after this date and time will not be accepted by the electronic bidding system. At said time, it will be bidder’s responsibility to log into the PlanetBids system for the City of Corona to view the apparent low bidder for the project. Bids shall be valid for 90 calendar days after the close of bid. Bids must be submitted on the City’s Bid Forms
2. Project Drawing Revisions
2.1 Potable Water Improvement Plans, Liberty Avenue Waterline Drawing No. 23- 040U, Sheets 2-6, Potable Water Construction Note 10 is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
PROVIDE TRENCH REPAIR PER CITY OF CORONA STANDARD
DRAWING NO. 150.
2.2 Potable Water Improvement Plans, Liberty Avenue Waterline Drawing No. 23- 040U, Sheets 2-6, Potable Water Construction Note 13 is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
Liberty Ave. Waterline Replacement Project
Addendum 1